FORM 10-K
COLLECTORS UNIVERSE INC - CLCT
Filed: September 30, 2008 (period: June 30, 2008)
Annual report which provides a comprehensive overview of the company for the past year
Table of Contents
10-K - 10-K YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2008
PART I
ITEM 1.
ITEM 1A
ITEM 1B.
ITEM 2.
ITEM 3.
ITEM 4.
PART II
ITEM 5.
ITEM 6.
ITEM 7.
ITEM 7A.
ITEM 8.
ITEM 9.
ITEM 9A.
ITEM 9B.
PART III
ITEM 10.
ITEM 11.
ITEM 12.
ITEM 13.
ITEM 14.
PART IV
BUSINESS
RISK FACTORS
UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
PROPERTIES
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER
MATTERS
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
MANAGEMENT S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT
MARKET RISK
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON
ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
OTHER INFORMATION
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND
MANAGEMENT
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
ITEM 15
SIGNATURES
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
EX-21.1 (EXHIBIT 21-1 - SUBSIDIARIES OF REGISTRANT)
EX-23.1 (EXHIBIT 23-1 - CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC
ACCOUNTING FIRM)
EX-31.1 (EXHIBIT 31-1 - CERTIFICATION OF CEO UNDER SECTION 302)
EX-31.2 (EXHIBIT 31-2 - CERTIFICATION OF CFO UNDER SECTION 302)
EX-32.1 (EXHIBIT 32-1 - CEO-CERTIFICATION OF PERIODIC REPORT
PURSUANT TO SECTION 906)
EX-32.2 (EXHIBIT 32-1 - CFO-CERTIFICATION OF PERIODIC REPORT
PURSUANT TO SECTION 906)
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
�
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT
OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008
�
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
ACT OF 1934 [NO FEE REQUIRED]
OR
For the transition period from _______ to _____
Commission file number 0-27887
COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
Incorporation or organization)
1921 E. Alton Avenue, Santa Ana, California
(Address of principal executive offices)
33-0846191
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
92705
(Zip Code)
(949) 567-1234
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Common Stock, par value $.001 per share
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate, by check mark, whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file
such reports); and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES [X] NO [ ]
Indicate, by check mark, if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and
will not be contained, to the best of Registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in
Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ⌧
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See
definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act, (check one):
Large accelerated filer �
Accelerated filer �
Non-accelerated filer �
Smaller reporting company �
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Securities Exchange Act Rule 12b-2).
YES [ ] NO ⌧
As of December 31, 2007, the aggregate market value of the Common Stock held by non-affiliates was approximately
$91,601,261 based on the per share closing price of $12.30 of Registrant’s Common Stock as of such date as reported by the Nasdaq
Global Market.
As of September 26, 2008, a total of 8,361,344 shares of Registrant's Common Stock were outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Except as otherwise stated therein, Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 in Part III of the Form 10-K are incorporated by reference
from Registrant's Definitive Proxy Statement, which is expected to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or
before October 28, 2008, for its Annual Meeting of Stockholders scheduled to be held on December 2, 2008.
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC.
FORM 10-K
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2008
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART I
Forward-Looking Statements
Item 1.
Item 1A
Item 1B
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.
PART II
Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
PART
III
Item 9.
Item 9A
Item 9B
Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.
Business
Risk
Factors
Unresolved Staff
Comments
Properties
Legal
Proceedings
Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security
Holders
Executive Officers of
Registrant
Market for Common Stock and Related Stockholder
Matters
Selected Consolidated Financial
Data
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market
Risk
Financial Statements and Supplementary
Data
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting
Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets at June 30, 2008 and
2007
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years ended June 30, 2008, 2007
and 2006
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the Years Ended June 30,
2008, 2007 and 2006
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended June 30, 2008,
2007 and 2006
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended June 30, 2008,
2007 and 2006
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial
Disclosure
Controls and
Procedures
Other
Information
Page
1
1
30
36
36
37
38
38
39
40
42
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
71
101
101
104
Directors and Executive
Officers
Executive
Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
Management
Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions
Principal Accountant Fees And
Services
104
104
104
104
104
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
PART
IV
Item 15.
Exhibits and Financial Statement
Schedules
SIGNATURES
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
105
S-1
E-1
i
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Statements contained in this Annual Report that are not historical facts or that discuss our expectations, beliefs or views regarding our
future operations or future financial performance, or financial or other trends in our business, constitute “forward-looking statements”
as defined in the Private Securities Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements can be identified by the fact that they do not
relate strictly to historical or current facts. Often, such statements include the words “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,”
“plan,” “estimate,” “project,” or words of similar meaning, or future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “would,” “should,” “could,”
or “may”. Forward looking statements are estimates or predictions about the future. Those estimates or predictions are based on
current information and are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties that could cause our financial condition or operating results
in the future to differ significantly from those expected at the current time, as described in the forward-looking statements that are
contained in this Annual Report. Those risks and uncertainties are described in Item 1A of Part I of this Annual Report under the
caption “Risk Factors,” and in Item 7 of Part II under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations.” Accordingly, readers of this Annual Report are urged to read the cautionary statements contained in those
items of this Annual Report. Due to these uncertainties and risks, readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such
forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report, which speak only as of the date of this Annual Report. We undertake no
obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
Overview
PART I
We are a leading provider of value-added authentication, grading and information services to dealers and collectors of
high-value coins, sportscards, autographs, stamps and vintage U.S. currency notes (which we will sometimes generally refer to as
“collectibles”) and to wholesale and retail dealers of diamonds and colored gemstones.
Collectibles. The collectibles that we authenticate and grade have market values generally ranging from $100 to over $1
million, due principally to their rarity, age or association with famous individuals or historical events.
The authenticity and the state of preservation, or quality, of these collectibles are also important determinants of their value in
the collectibles markets. For that reason, sellers, purchasers and collectors submit their high-value collectibles to us for:
• Certifications by our independent experts of their authenticity; that is, confirmation that the collectibles are real and are
what they have been represented to be; and
• Evaluations of their physical condition and appearance and the assignment of a grade by our independent experts on the
basis of uniform quality standards.
Once we have authenticated and assigned a grade to a collectible, we encapsulate it in a tamper-evident, clear plastic holder,
or issue a certificate of authenticity, that (i) identifies the specific collectible, (ii) sets forth the quality grade we have assigned to it and
(iii) bears one of our brand names and logos: “PCGS” for coins, “PSA” for sportscards, “PSA/DNA” for autographs and memorabilia,
“PSE” for stamps and “PCGS Currency” for U.S. vintage currency notes1. Additionally, we warrant our certification of authenticity
and the grade that we assign to the coins, sportscards, currency and stamps bearing our brands. We do not warrant our authenticity
determinations for autographs.
Diamonds and Colored Gemstones. In November 2005, we began offering diamond authentication and grading services to
wholesale and retail dealers of diamonds as a result of our acquisition of Gem Certification & Appraisal Lab (GCAL), an independent
diamond certification and grading laboratory. In August 2006, we began offering identification, authentication and grading services to
wholesale and retail dealers of high value colored gemstones, including emeralds, rubies and sapphires, as a result of our acquisition
of American Gemological Laboratories (AGL), an independent colored gemstone certification and grading laboratory.
1 Collectors Universe, PCGS, Professional Sports Authenticator and PSA/DNA, Set Registry, CU3000 First Strike, and each
of the logos associated with those names, are registered service or trade marks of the Company.
1
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
The market values of the diamonds and colored gemstones that we grade generally range from approximately $200 to over
$1 million, depending, in the case of diamonds, primarily on their weight, color and clarity. The market values of colored gemstones
depend primarily on their color, tone, and clarity and the presence of and type of enhancements, which are made to almost all colored
gemstones to improve their color or clarity or both. The market value of a colored gemstone also can be affected by its country of
origin.
Our customers, who usually consist of wholesale and retail dealers and auction companies, submit diamonds and colored
gemstones to us for:
��Confirmations, by our independent experts, that the diamonds or colored gemstones are, in fact, natural (as opposed to
synthetically manufactured); and
��Evaluations of their physical condition and appearance and the assignment of a grade by our independent experts on the
basis of uniform quality standards that, in the case of diamonds, relate to their color and clarity and, in the case of colored
gemstones relate to color, tone, clarity, enhancements and, in some cases, country of origin.
Our Diamond Grading and Certification Services. Upon completion of the grading process for diamonds, a GCAL
certificate is issued that sets forth the weight, cut, color and clarity grades assigned to the diamond by GCAL, along with other
information that is measured as part of the grading process, such as the dimensions of the diamond. GCAL also includes a direct light
performance analysis of each diamond utilizing a proprietary process that measures, in a digital image, the number of pixels of light
that pass through a diamond, ranking the light performance higher for more light and lower for less light. A similar process measures
the symmetry of the cut of the diamond, another feature that can have a direct impact on the brilliance and reflectivity of a
diamond. A graphic representation of the brilliance and symmetry is included on the certificate. Additionally, using a patented
technology for non-invasive diamond identification that we acquired in December 2005, we digitally capture and record the unique
refractive light pattern of the diamond (which we refer to as a “Gemprint”), that we store in our computer database, cross-indexed to
the certificate number issued with the diamond2. This “Gemprint” process enables us to match GCAL graded diamonds, on a
one-to-one basis, with their GCAL certificates, thereby providing an additional measure of protection against misrepresentations of
diamond quality that can occur by, for example, switching a diamond grading certificate issued for a higher quality diamond to a
lower quality diamond. GCAL provides a limited warranty with respect to the color and clarity grades that GCAL assigns to the
diamonds it certifies.
We believe that Gemprint’s process provided by GCAL is the only non-intrusive diamond identification service offered by
any diamond certification company and that no diamond certification company, except GCAL, warrants the color and clarity grades it
assigns to the diamonds they certify.
In fiscal 2008, we began offering some of our services separately that were previously only available as a part of the bundled
services on a diamond grading certificate. These separately offered services, include the issuance of (i) a direct light performance
report, which provides information on the optical brilliance and optical symmetry of a diamond that can assist a retailer in
demonstrating one of the most important points of differentiation between two or more diamonds; and (ii) a Diamond ID report that
provides a “gemprint” of the diamond and registration of that gemprint in our global database to assist in positive identification of the
diamond in the event it is lost or stolen or to confirm its authenticity in the event the owner later seeks to sell it.
2 GCAL, Gemprint and AGL and each of the logos associated with their respective names, are registered service marks of the
Company.
2
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
Additionally, in fiscal 2008, we launched the Certified Diamond Exchange (CDE), an Internet based business-to-business
exchange exclusively for GCAL certified diamonds. The buyers and sellers on CDE register with us, which entitles them, without
charge, to buy or sell GCAL certified diamonds on the exchange. The buyers on CDE are generally retailers and jewelry
manufacturers. Wholesale sellers have presented for purchase millions of dollars of GCAL certified diamonds and will generally
deliver the diamond via overnight delivery directly to the buyer’s store or facility. There are over 30,000 retailers in the United States
registered with the Jewelers Board of Trade and since inception in November 2007, CDE has registered over 2,000 buyers. The
sellers on CDE are, for the most part, diamond dealers and cutter/polishers who offer diamonds on the exchange that are GCAL
certified diamonds. CDE increases the availability and distribution of GCAL certified diamonds and provides an incentive for
diamond sellers to obtain GCAL diamond certifications on diamonds in order to place those diamonds on the CDE for sale directly to
thousands of retailers in the United States who have registered to purchase GCAL certified diamonds on the CDE.
Our Colored Gemstone Grading and Certification Services. AGL offers different levels of service to its customers:
• Its “Prestige” Service, which is designed for grading and certification of colored gemstones whose weight and market
value justify the costs of a higher level and more comprehensive suite of grading and certification services; and
• Its “Fast Track” Service, which is designed for lower weight and less valuable colored gemstones.
AGL’s Prestige Service provides the customer with a comprehensive quality analysis and report that sets forth the
identification, weight, cut, color, tone and clarity grades assigned to the gemstone, along with the description of the quality
enhancements that had been made to the gemstone and, in some cases, its country of origin. A high resolution color image of the
colored gemstone is included on the certificate for identification purposes.
AGL’s Fast Track Service allows the customer to select from among a variety of grading services that includes, for a
minimum fee, information relating to the identification, weight and cut of the gemstone, which is set forth on a small plastic card,
similar in size and materials to a credit card. Fast Track customers also may order one or more supplemental services that will provide
them with information regarding the color, tone, clarity and/or country of origin of the gemstone, for additional fees that will vary
based on the extensiveness of the services ordered.
AGL warrants the identification information with respect to the colored gemstones it certifies, but does not warrant
information relating to the enhancement, color, clarity or country of origin of the colored gemstone.
In fiscal 2008, we developed the Colored Gemstone Exchange (CGE), an Internet based business-to-business exchange
exclusively for gemstones carrying AGL documents. The buyers and sellers on CGE register with us, which entitles them, without
charge, to buy and sell AGL certified colored gemstones from the exchange. The buyers on CGE are generally retailers and jewelry
manufacturers. Gemstone dealers list for purchase on the CGE, gemstones with AGL documentation as to their identification, weight,
shape and enhancements. Of key importance in this market is the inclusion of color images on the exchange for each of the
gemstones, since the color of a colored gemstone is perhaps the most important feature. Generally, in the current marketplace, there
are no methods for a buyer to know the color of a gemstone without physical examination as imaging is not widely utilized. Because
each gemstone has an AGL document with an image, CGE electronically shares the digital image from the AGL document database to
display an attractive color image. On CGE, buyers have the opportunity to purchase these gemstones directly from wholesale sellers
who will generally deliver the gemstone via overnight delivery directly to the buyer’s store or facility. The sellers of AGL certified
gemstones on the CGE are primarily gemstone dealers and cutter/polishers. We believe that CGE increases the availability and
distribution of many of the smaller colored gemstones, valued from $200 to approximately $20,000, that carry the new AGL Fast
Track documentation and that the increased liquidity offered by CGE creates an incentive for gemstone sellers to obtain AGL Fast
Track documentation for these smaller and less valuable colored gemstones..
Benefits Provided by our Authentication and Grading Services. We believe that our authentication and grading services
increase the liquidity and marketability and, therefore, add to the value, of the collectibles, diamonds and colored gemstones that we
authenticate and grade. Our services provide sellers, purchasers and collectors with (i) the confidence of knowing that the collectibles,
diamonds or colored gemstones they are buying or selling are authentic or natural, as the case may be; (ii) information, in the form of
3
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
objective and uniform measures of quality, that enable sellers, purchasers and collectors to assess the value of those collectibles,
diamonds or colored gemstones; and (iii) information, based on analysis of the colored gemstone and technological comparisons to
known origin specimens, relating to the country of origin of a colored gemstone. Armed with this information, a prospective buyer
who might otherwise be reluctant to purchase a high-priced collectible, diamond or colored gemstone, is more informed and more
confident about, and more willing to make such a purchase, particularly “sight-unseen,” on Internet auction sites such as those
operated by eBay and Blue Nile and even in higher value assets as may be offered by Sotheby’s. We also believe that dealers who sell
collectibles, diamonds or colored gemstones that have been authenticated and graded by us are more readily able to sell, and are more
likely to obtain higher prices for, those items than if they had not been authenticated and graded by us, because our services give
prospective buyers the confidence to purchases those collectible, diamonds or colored gemstones from those dealers.
We originated the standards and methodologies we use for authenticating and grading coins, sportscards, autographs and
stamps. Those standards and methodologies have become generally accepted in the collectible coin, sportscard and autograph
markets. At the time we launched our independent third party stamp grading service, the concept of grading the quality of stamps, in
addition to authenticating them, was relatively novel. Since that time, our stamp grading standards have become increasingly
accepted, especially for higher value stamps.
The standards and methodologies we use in grading diamonds are generally accepted in the diamond market. Those standards
and methodologies were developed by the Gemological Institute of America, a non-profit educational corporation. However, we
believe that the diamond grading services we offer differ from those that are available from competing diamond grading services
primarily in terms of the rigorousness and consistency with which we apply those grading standards. For that reason, among others,
Blue Nile, which is the largest seller of diamonds on the Internet, has chosen GCAL to certify all of Blue Nile’s Signature Collection
which, according to Blue Nile, includes the world's most brilliant round diamonds, as well as the world's first and only princess,
emerald, and Asscher diamonds, cut to Blue Nile’s finest ideal standards.
AGL has developed certain proprietary standards for the colored gemstone market relating to color, tone and clarity of
colored gemstones and descriptive terms used in the disclosure of colored gemstone enhancements.
We also have developed some of the leading brands in the collectibles, diamonds and colored gemstones markets in which
we conduct our business:
���“PCGS” (Professional Coin Grading Service), which is the brand name for our independent coin authentication and
grading service;
���“PSA” (Professional Sports Authenticator), which is the brand name for our independent sports and trading cards
authentication and grading service;
���“PSA/DNA” (PSA/DNA Authentication Services), which is the brand name for our independent authentication and
grading service for vintage autographs and memorabilia;
���“PSE” (Professional Stamp Experts), which is the brand name for our independent stamp authentication and grading
service;
���“PCGS Currency” the brand name for our currency authentication and grading service;
���“GCAL” (Gem Certification & Assurance Lab), which is the brand name for our independent diamond authentication
and grading service; and
���“AGL” (American Gemological Laboratories), which is the brand name of our independent third party colored gemstone
grading business.
PCGS and PSA are among the leading independent authentication and grading services in the collectible coin and sportscard
markets in the United States. PSA/DNA and PSE also are among the leading independent authentication services in their respective
markets. Currency authentication and grading are new to the currency market and PCGS Currency is one of the leading independent
authentication and grading services in the currency market. GCAL is among the top quality independent authentication and grading
services in the diamond market and we believe it is the only diamond certification service that offers a non-invasive and unchangeable
diamond identification method that makes it possible to detect the switching or alteration of diamond grading certificates and the only
service that offers a warranty with respect to the quality grades relating to the diamond’s color and clarity. AGL is one of the world
leaders in colored gemstone authentication, grading, enhancement disclosure and for the most valuable colored gemstones,
identification of the country of origin.
4
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
We began offering our PCGS coin authentication and grading services in 1986 and, from inception through fiscal year ended
June 30, 2008, we had authenticated and graded more than 15 million coins. In 1991, we launched our PSA sportscard authentication
and grading service and, through June 30, 2008, had authenticated and graded over 11 million sportscards. In 1999, we launched our
PSA/DNA vintage autograph authentication business and in June 2004 we extended that business by introducing vintage autograph
grading services to dealers and collectors of autographed sports memorabilia. We started our PSE stamp authentication and grading
service in 2000. We launched PCGS Currency as an extension of the PCGS brand in March 2005. In the second quarter of fiscal
2006, we acquired GCAL and the Gemprint technology. We acquired AGL in the first quarter of fiscal 2007.
The following table provides information regarding the respective numbers of coins, sportscards, autographs and stamps that
we authenticated or graded from 2006 to 2008, the number of diamonds we authenticated and graded since the acquisition of GCAL,
our diamond authentication and grading service, in the second quarter of fiscal 2006 and the number of colored gemstones we
authenticated and graded since the acquisition of AGL, our colored gemstone authentication and grading service, in the first quarter of
fiscal 2007.
Coins
Sportscards
Autographs
Stamps
Currency
Diamonds(1)
Colored Gemstones(2)
Total
2008
1,474,900
1,329,500
199,600
53,000
59,200
30,000
4,700
3,150,900
Units Processed
2007
47%
42%
6%
2%
2%
1%
-
100%
1,558,700
1,262,700
169,800
66,200
36,200
25,000
2,000
3,120,600
50%
41%
5%
2%
1%
1%
-
100%
2006
1,786,300
1,200,300
179,700
37,000
28,800
6,700
-
3,238,800
55%
37%
6%
1%
1%
-
-
100%
The following table sets forth the estimated values at which our customers insured the collectibles, diamonds and colored
gemstones that they submitted to us for grading or authentication.
Coins
Sportscards
Autographs
Stamps
Currency
Diamonds(1)
Colored Gemstones(2)
Total
2008
$ 1,327,000
90,000
26,000
25,000
45,000
225,000
93,000
$ 1,831,000
Declared Values (000)
2007
2006
73% $ 1,435,000
88,000
5%
24,000
2%
12,000
1%
32,000
2%
97,000
12%
62,000
5%
100% $ 1,750,000
82% $ 1,613,000
75,000
5%
15,000
1%
21,000
-
43,000
2%
27,000
6%
4%
-
100% $ 1,794,000
90%
4%
1%
1%
2%
2%
-
100%
1 We commenced the authentication and grading of diamonds in the second quarter of 2006 when we acquired GCAL and
Gemprint.
2 We commenced the authentication and grading of colored gemstones in the first quarter of 2007, when we acquired AGL.
We generate revenues principally from our authentication and grading service fees. For collectibles, those fees range from $4
to over $200 per item authenticated and graded, based primarily on the type of item authenticated or graded and the turn-around times
selected by our customers, which range from 1 to approximately 60 days. In fiscal 2008 our authentication and grading fees for all our
businesses averaged $10.90. As a general rule, collectibles dealers and, to a lesser extent, individual collectors, request faster
turn-around times and, therefore, generally pay higher fees for more valuable, older or “vintage” collectibles, than they do for modern
collectibles. Diamond authentication and grading fees, generally range from $30 to over $300 based on the weight of the diamond and
are fixed with specific delivery times; although fees sometimes vary in the case of contracts that provide for volume
submissions. Authentication and grading fees for AGL range from $25 to $2,500 based on whether the customer requests our Prestige
Service or our Fast Track Service, the weight of the colored gemstone and whether the customer requests that we certify the country of
origin of the colored gemstone.
5
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
We also generate on-going revenues, to a lesser extent, from (i) sales of advertising on our websites; (ii) sales of our printed
publications and price guides and advertising placed in such publications; (iii) sales of our rarity or “population” reports that contain
data regarding the total number of coins and sportscards we have graded since our inception, categorized by item type and grade
determination; (iv) monthly subscription fees associated with our Internet-based, dealer to dealer exchange “CCE” (Certified Coin
Exchange) for certified coins; and (v) trade show management fees generated by our trade show management company, Expos
Unlimited LLC (“Expos”), which promotes and manages two well known coin, stamp and collectibles shows in Long Beach and Santa
Clara, California, respectively. We believe that our printed publications, price guides and reports make collectors better informed
consumers and make collecting more interesting and exciting for them while our dealer to dealer exchange provides a source of
additional liquidity to coin dealers seeking to sell PCGS certified coins.
Industry Background
The primary determinants of the prices of, and the willingness of sellers, purchasers and collectors to purchase, high-value or
high-priced collectibles, diamonds, colored gemstones or other high-value assets are their authenticity and quality. The authenticity of
a collectible relates not only to the genuineness of the collectible, but also to the absence of any alterations or repairs that may have
been made to hide damage or to restore the item. The authenticity of a diamond or colored gemstone relates to its formation in a
natural method and mined from the earth as opposed to laboratory grown or synthetically produced, and in the case of colored
gemstones, the country of origin. The quality of a collectible relates to its state of preservation relative to its original state of
manufacture or creation. The quality of a diamond is largely a function of its color and clarity. The quality of a gemstone relates
to color, tone, clarity, enhancements and in some cases, the country of origin. With regard to value, confirmation of authenticity
generally is required before a buyer is willing to proceed with a purchase of a high-priced collectible, diamond or colored
gemstone. Quality directly affects value and price, usually on an exponential basis, with higher quality collectibles, diamonds and
colored gemstones, generally attracting dramatically higher prices than those of lower quality. Even a relatively modest difference in
quality can translate into a significant difference in perceived value and, therefore, in price. For example, a 1952 Mickey Mantle
baseball card that received a PSA grade from us of 9 on our PSA grading scale of 1-to-10 was sold at public auction in 2006 for
$282,588. By comparison, a similar 1952 Mickey Mantle baseball card that received a PSA grade of 8 was sold at public auction also
in 2006 for $72,057.
Although, in the case of diamonds and colored gemstones, the weight of the stone (as measured by mechanical devices) has a
significant impact on value, quality ratings also have a material impact on value. A round brilliant cut two carat natural diamond with
a GCAL grade D color (which is the most desirable blue-white color on the scale from D to the yellow tint of a P color) and a clarity
grade of flawless or “FL” (which indicates that the diamond has no imperfections or inclusions) has an approximate wholesale market
value ranging from $75,600 to $79,800. By comparison, a similar cut two carat diamond with a GCAL grade I color and a clarity
grade of SI2 (which is in the midpoint range of clarity) has an approximate wholesale market value ranging from $13,200 to
$13,940. In the same manner, a rectangular cut two carat emerald with AGL color grade 3, a tone of 70 (a very attractive and intense
green) and a clarity grade of “LI” (or lightly included) has an approximate market value ranging from $18,000 to $20,250. By
comparison, a similar cut emerald with AGL color grade 6, a tone of 50 (an average color and intensity of green) and a clarity grade of
“MI2” (moderately included) has an approximate market value ranging from $3,600 to $4,800. The country of origin, of a colored
gemstone also can affect its market value. For example, the same oval cut two carat Blue Sapphire with an AGL color grade of 3, a
tone of 70 (rich and deep blue) and a clarity grade of “LI” has an approximate market value ranging from $2,800 to $3,400 if its
country of origin is Burma, but would have an approximate market value ranging from $20,000 to $22,000 if its country of origin is
Kashmir.
Until the advent of independent third party authentication and grading, most prospective buyers, including experienced
collectibles, diamond and colored gemstone dealers and retailers, insisted on physically examining high-priced collectibles, diamonds
and colored gemstones before consummating transactions. However, unlike professionals in the trade, most purchasers and collectors
lacked the experience and knowledge needed to determine, with confidence, the authenticity or the quality, and hence the value, of
high-priced collectibles, diamonds and colored gemstones, even when they had the opportunity to examine them physically. As a
result, purchasers and collectors had to rely on representations made by sellers regarding authenticity and quality. For these reasons,
“buyer beware” characterized the high-value collectibles, diamond and colored gemstone markets, and “sight-unseen” markets for rare
coins, diamonds, colored gemstones and other high-value collectibles were practically non-existent.
6
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
High-value collectibles have been traditionally marketed at retail by dealers through direct mail, catalogues, price lists and
advertisements in trade publications, and sold and purchased by them at collectibles shows, auction houses and local dealer shops.
Diamonds and colored gemstones have been marketed at retail through tens of thousands of retail jewelry stores or in departments of
large general retail stores. These markets were highly inefficient because:
���they were fragmented and localized, which limited both the variety of available collectibles, diamonds and colored
gemstones and the number of potential buyers;
���transaction costs were often relatively high due to the number of intermediaries involved;
���buyers usually lacked the information needed to determine the authenticity and quality and, hence the value, of the
collectibles, diamonds and colored gemstones being sold; and
���buyers and sellers were vulnerable to fraudulent practices because they had to rely on the dealers or other sellers in the
often long distribution channel for opinions or representations as to authenticity and quality.
Coin Market. In an effort to overcome some of these inefficiencies, approximately 30 years ago, professional coin dealers
began using a numerical grading scale for grading coins. That scale ranged from 1 to 70, with higher numbers denoting a higher
quality. Previously, professional dealers used descriptive terms, such as “Fair,” “Fine” and “Uncirculated,” to characterize the quality
of the coins they sold, a practice that continued after the development of the numeric grading system. However, whether using a
numeric or a descriptive system, grading standards varied significantly from dealer to dealer, depending on a dealer’s subjective
criteria of quality. Moreover, dealers were hardly disinterested or independent since, as the sellers or buyers of the coins they were
grading, they stood to benefit financially from the assignment of a particular grade.
Sportscard Market. Misrepresentations of authenticity and quality also operated as a barrier to the liquidity and growth of the
collectibles market for sportscards. Even experienced and knowledgeable dealers insisted on physically examining purportedly rare
and higher priced sportscards. Most collectors lacked the knowledge needed to purchase collectible sportscards with confidence, even
when they had physically examined them. Sportscard dealers eventually developed a rudimentary adjectival system to provide
measures of quality, using descriptive terms such as “Poor,” “Very Good,” “Mint” and “Gem Mint.” These measures of quality were
assigned on the basis of such characteristics as the centering of the image on the card and the presence or absence of bent or damaged
corners, scratches and color imperfections. However, as was the case with coins, grading standards varied significantly from dealer to
dealer, depending on a dealer’s subjective criteria of quality. Additionally, since the dealers who bought and sold sportscards were the
ones that assigned these grades, collectors remained vulnerable to fraudulent practices.
Autographed Memorabilia Market. The market for autographed sports, entertainment and historical memorabilia has been
plagued by a high incidence of forgeries and misrepresentations of authenticity. For example, Operation Bullpen, initiated by the FBI
and other law enforcement agencies beginning in 1997, has uncovered a high volume of outright forgeries of signatures and
widespread misrepresentations as to the genuineness of sports memorabilia. We believe that the high incidence of such fraudulent
activities was due, in large part, to a dearth of independent third party memorabilia authentication services and an absence of
systematic methodologies and specimen data needed for verification of authenticity.
Stamp Market. Stamp dealers developed an adjectival system, similar to the one developed for sportscards, by which they
valued and priced stamps based primarily on the centering of the stamp image on the stamp paper background, ignoring other faults in
the stamp. As a result, experienced and knowledgeable dealers insisted on physically examining purportedly rare and higher priced
stamps before purchasing them. Additionally, most collectors lacked the knowledge and experience needed to purchase higher priced
stamps with confidence. Consequently, as was the case with coins and sportscards, collectors were forced to depend on representations
of authenticity and quality from the very dealers from whom they purchased or to whom they sold stamps. However, prior to our
entry into the market, independent third-party stamp grading was non-existent.
7
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
Currency Market. There has been some grading of currency in the past, but none of the grading businesses have been
successful as the market was not developed, such that there was not substantial demand for grading services. In addition, the grading
businesses were not third-party independent grading businesses, as they were operated and owned by currency dealers, who also
bought and sold the same materials that they graded; thereby, creating potential conflicts of interest. PCGS Currency is an
independent third-party grading service that does not have such conflicts of interest. Our currency grading utilizes a numerical 70 –
point system to determine the overall grade or condition of a note.
Diamond Market. Approximately 70 years ago, the Gemological Institute of America (“GIA”), a non-profit educational
corporation, developed a system for classifying and grading diamonds which consisted of the “4C’s” of carat, cut, color and
clarity. The system provided terminology for identifying (1) the weight of a diamond, denominated as “carats,” (2) the shape and
proportion of the diamond with a cut analysis; (3) the relative color of the diamond using an alphabetic scale from a high quality color
of “D” to the lowest quality color of “P”; and (4) the relative clarity of, or imperfections in the diamond, using descriptive terms on a
scale from “Flawless” (“FL”) to “Very Slightly Included” (“VSI”) to “Slightly Included” (“SI”) to “Included” (I”). In its gemologist
educational programs, the GIA taught this grading system as a required part of the curriculum. Notwithstanding the widespread use
of common terminology, these measures of quality can be subjectively and inconsistently applied.
Colored Gemstone Market. Although the GIA has held classes on the identification, authentication and grading of colored
gemstones for approximately 30 years, no significant standard or system of color, tone and clarity grading has been in widespread use
in the marketplace. In addition, the availability of sample gemstones for technical trace element analysis needed to determine country
of origin was very limited, in part because of the limitation of the number of trusted samples from various regions of the world and in
part due to the limitations of the technology to examine and classify the samples. As a result, buyers were largely dependent on
subjective assessments of quality and country of origin from the dealers from whom they purchased colored gemstones, and no
sight-unseen market for colored gemstones existed.
These conditions created a need and the demand for independent authentication and grading services from which sellers,
purchasers and collectors could obtain:
���determinations, from independent, third party experts, of the authenticity of the high-value collectibles, diamonds and
colored gemstones that sellers, purchasers and collectors purchased, particularly “sight-unseen” or over the Internet;
���representations of quality based on uniform standards applied by independent, third party experts; and
���authoritative information, compiled by a credible third party, to help purchasers and collectors understand the factors that
affect an item’s perceived value and price, including:
— its rarity;
— its quality or grade; and
— its historical and recent selling prices.
The Impact of eBay and other e-Commerce Websites on the Collectibles, Diamond and Colored Gemstone Markets. The
advent of the Internet and, in particular, eBay’s development of an Internet or “virtual” marketplace and other Internet-selling websites
such as Blue Nile and Amazon, have overcome many of the inefficiencies that had characterized the traditional collectibles, diamond
and colored gemstone markets. eBay and other online marketplaces (i) offer enhanced interaction between and greater convenience
for sellers and buyers of high-value collectibles, diamonds and colored gemstones; (ii) eliminates or reduces the involvement of
dealers and other “middlemen;” (iii) reduce transaction costs; (iv) allow trading at all hours; and (v) continually provide updated
information. However, Internet commerce still raises, and has even heightened, concerns about the authenticity and quality of the
collectibles, diamonds and colored gemstones that are listed for sale on the Internet. Buyers have no ability to physically examine
them, and no means to confirm the identity or the credibility of the dealers or sellers on the Internet. As a result, we believe that the
growth of Internet selling websites, such as eBay, Blue Nile and Amazon, has increased awareness of the importance of, and the
demand for, independent third party authentication and grading services of the type we provide. Our services enable purchasers and
collectors to use the Internet to purchase collectibles, diamonds and
8
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
colored gemstones “sight-unseen,” with the confidence of knowing that they are authentic and are of the quality represented by
sellers. The importance and value of our services to purchasers and collectors, we believe, are demonstrated by:
���eBay’s inclusion, on its collectibles websites, of information that identifies, and encourages visitors to use, our independent
third party authentication and grading services, as well as similar services offered by some of our competitors; and
���Blue Nile’s use of GCAL’s services to certify all of the diamonds comprising its Signature Collection, which are the
highest quality diamonds that Blue Nile sells, even when those diamonds have already been certified by other well-known
diamond certification services.
Our Services
PCGS Coin Authentication and Grading Services. Recognizing the need for third party authentication and grading services,
we launched Professional Coin Grading Service in 1986. PCGS employs expert coin graders, who are independent of coin buyers and
sellers, to provide impartial authentication and grading services. Currently, we employ 20 experts who have an average of 27 years of
experience in the collectible coin market. We also established uniform standards of quality measured against an actual “benchmark”
set of coins kept at our offices. We place each coin that we authenticate and grade in a tamper-evident, clear plastic holder that bears
our logo, so that any prospective buyer will know that it is a PCGS authenticated and graded coin. We also provide a warranty as to
the accuracy of our coin authentication and grading.
By providing an independent assessment by coin experts of the authenticity and quality of coins, we believe that PCGS has
increased the liquidity of the trading market for collectible coins. Following the introduction of our independent, third party
authentication and grading service, buyer confidence, even between dealers, increased to such a degree that coins authenticated and
graded by PCGS were able to be traded “sight-unseen.” As a result, PCGS facilitated the development, in 1990, of a dealer market,
known as the “Certified Coin Exchange,” on which coin dealers traded rare coins “sight-unseen,” over a private satellite network,
which now operates on the Internet.
In addition, we began to provide a range of authoritative content on coin collecting to inform and communicate with the
collector community, including guides and reports that track the trading prices and the rarity of PCGS-graded coins.
More recently, our coin authentication and grading services have facilitated the development of a growing Internet or
“virtual” marketplace for collectible coins. A prospective buyer, who might otherwise be reluctant to purchase a high-priced coin
listed on the Internet, is able to rely on a PCGS certification in deciding whether or not to bid and in determining the amount to offer
for the coin. As a result, to enhance the marketability of higher priced coins, many sellers submit their coins to PCGS for
authentication and grading. That enables the sellers to include, in their Internet sales listings, digital images of the coins in their
tamper-evident, clear plastic holders, which identify the coins as having been authenticated and graded by PCGS as well as their
PCGS-assigned grades.
PSA Sportscard Authentication and Grading Services. Leveraging the credibility and using the methodologies that we had
established with PCGS in the coin market, in 1991 we launched Professional Sports Authenticator (PSA), which instituted a similar
authentication and grading system for sportscards. Our independent sportscard experts certify the authenticity of and assign a grade to
sportscards using a numeric system with a scale from 1-to-10 that we developed, together with an adjectival system to describe their
condition. At June 30, 2008, we employed 15 experts who have an average of 24 years of experience in the collectible sportscard
market. We believe that our authentication and grading services have removed barriers that were created by the historical
seller-biased grading process and, thereby, have improved the overall marketability of and facilitated commerce in sportscards,
including over the Internet and at telephonic sports memorabilia auctions.
PSA/DNA Autograph Authentication and Grading Services. In 1999, we launched our vintage autograph authentication
business, initially offering authentication services for “vintage” sports autographs and memorabilia that were autographed or signed
prior to the time they were presented to us for authentication. The vintage autograph authentication business is distinctly different
from the “signed-in-the-presence” authentication of autographs where the “authenticator” is present and witnesses the actual
signing. Vintage autograph authentication can involve the rendering of an opinion of authenticity by an industry expert based on (i) an
analysis of the signed object, such as the signed document or autographed item of memorabilia, to confirm its consistency with similar
materials or items that existed during the signer’s lifetime; (ii) a comparison of the signature submitted for authentication with
exemplars; and (iii) a handwriting analysis. As of June 30, 2008, we employed 3 autograph experts with an average of 23 years of
experience in the autograph memorabilia market, as well as 3 consultants on a contract basis.
9
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
In June 2004, we also began offering grading services for autographs, beginning with baseballs containing a single signature
or autograph. We use uniform grading standards that we have developed and a numeric scale of 1-to-10, with the highest number
representing “Gem Mint” condition or top quality. We assign grades to the collectibles based on the physical condition or state of
preservation of the autograph. Autograph grading is in its infancy, and we cannot predict whether it will gain market acceptance.
PSE Stamp Authentication and Grading Services. In January 2000, we launched our Professional Stamp Experts (PSE) as an
independent, third party stamp authentication and grading service. We use both an adjectival system and a numeric scale from
1-to-100 to grade stamps. We assign grades based on the centering of the stamp image on the stamp paper background and the
absence or presence of other faults on the stamp. There have been viable third party stamp authentication services in operation for
several decades, and stamp dealers and collectors had been using a subjective grading system based primarily on the centering of the
stamp image on the stamp paper background, ignoring other faults. However, prior to our entry into the stamp market, independent
third party stamp grading was non-existent. As a result, we encountered some resistance to this concept in the stamp collectibles
market, which is steeped in tradition and slow to change, as we did from coin dealers when we launched PCGS and from sportscard
dealers when we launched PSA. In October 2005, the Philatelic Foundation based in New York began using PSE’s numerical grading
system to assign grades to stamps. In the spring of 2006, Scott Publishing Company, the long-time publisher of the Scott Catalogs
also adopted and incorporated PSE’s numerical grading system into their bi-annual valuing supplement. These two events have
established PSE’s numerical grading scale, and we believe has facilitated the continuing spread of third-party stamp authentication and
grading, throughout the philatelic industry. As of June 30, 2008, we employed 6 stamp graders, and use another expert on a part-time
basis. Those graders have an average of 33 years of experience in the collectible stamp market.
Vintage U.S. Paper Currency Authentication and Grading. In the third quarter of fiscal 2005, we began marketing a U.S.
paper currency authentication and grading service, which we decided to brand as “PCGS Currency” because many of the dealers of
currency notes are familiar with and have used PCGS’ coin authentication and grading service. As of June 30, 2008, we employed 3
currency experts with 16 years of experience and use the services of 2 other experts on a contract basis.
GCAL Diamond Authentication and Grading Services. In November 2005, we acquired Gem Certification & Assurance Lab
(GCAL), which is as an independent, third party diamond authentication and grading service that has been in the business of diamond
authentication and grading since 2001. We use the internationally recognized system for grading diamonds, commonly referred to as
the “4C’s”. In December 2005, we acquired the assets of Gemprint Corporation, which consisted primarily of a patented non-invasive
diamond identification technology that enables us to create and record the digital image of the unique refractive light pattern or
“fingerprint” (which we refer to as the “Gemprint”) of the diamonds that GCAL grades. We store the digital image of the “Gemprint”
in our database, cross-indexed to the diamond’s grading certificate that is issued by GCAL, which is assigned its own number for
recordkeeping and identification purposes. This “Gemprint” process enables us to match GCAL graded diamonds, on a one-to-one
basis, with their GCAL certificates, thereby providing an additional measure of protection against misrepresentations of diamond
quality that can occur by, for example, altering the grading certificate or switching a diamond grading certificate issued for a higher
quality diamond to a lower quality diamond.
There are more than ten diamond grading services in operation. Four of those existing grading services, including GIA, have
been in operation for more than 20 years and are larger and better known than GCAL. However, unlike GCAL, almost all of the key
competitors are owned, managed or governed by diamond dealers that are in the business of selling diamonds, including those graded
by such grading services. As a result, we believe that those grading services potentially have inherent conflicts of interest when
grading diamonds submitted by those dealers and, therefore, do not provide truly independent third party grading
services. Additionally, unlike GCAL, none of these existing services has any non-intrusive process to secure the identification of
diamonds that they have certified in order to make it possible to detect misrepresentations of the quality which can occur by altering
the information on or switching a grading certificate. As a result, we believe that GCAL’s greater independence and its Gemprint
diamond identification technology, along with the warranty of the quality determinations of color and clarity that CGAL issues
provide it with a competitive advantage that we are promoting as a means of increasing GCAL’s share of the diamond grading
market. Currently, we employ 8 diamond graders who have an average of 21 years of diamond grading experience.
10
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
AGL Colored Gemstone Authentication and Grading Services. In August 2006, we acquired American Gemological
Laboratories (AGL), one of the leading independent third party authentication and grading services for colored gemstones, such as
emeralds, rubies and sapphires. Its services are used by, among others, Sotheby’s and Christie’s for their jewelry auctions and by
jewelry retailers such as Cartier and Fred Leighton. AGL has been in the business of authenticating and grading colored gemstones
since 1977. We utilize the fundamental information obtained in GIA vocational classes, but (i) express the color and tone using a three
digit system we developed called ColorScan; (ii) express the color and hue combinations using a 1 to 10 scale in half-point
increments; (iii) describe tone on a scale of 0-100; and (iv) identify clarity grades on a scale using descriptors such as “FI” meaning
“Free from Inclusions”, to “MI1” and “MI2” meaning “Moderately Included” to “E1”, “E2” and “E3” meaning “Excessively
Included”. Enhancement analysis and country of origin identification are accomplished by comparing the gemstones to our database
reference set of over 5,000 colored gemstone samples, which we believe is one of the largest such reference collections in the world,
personally accumulated by AGL’s president in travels around the world to various mining sites. There are more than six competing
colored gemstone authentication and grading services in operation, of which, only three have been in operation for a similar period of
time as AGL. Currently, we employ 4 grading experts with an average of 26 years of experience.
CCE Certified Coin Exchange and Collectors Corner. In September 2005, we acquired the Certified Coin Exchange (CCE),
a subscription-based, business-to-business Internet bid-ask market for third party certified coins. CCE has been a marketplace in U.S.
certified rare coin trading between major coin dealers in the United States since 1990 with similar operations for uncertified coins
dating back to the 1960’s. The CCE website features over 200,000 bid and ask prices for certified coins at
www.certifiedcoinexchange.com. The CCE provides liquidity in the geographically dispersed and highly fragmented market for rare
coins. In March 2007, we introduced the Collectors Corner, a business-to-consumer website that enables sellers on CCE to offer
many certified coins simultaneously at wholesale prices on CCE and at retail prices on Collectors Corner
(www.collectorscorner.com). Registration on Collectors Corner is free for consumers, and users can search for and sort coins listed
on Collectors Corner. Coin sellers must register and pay a fixed monthly fee to CCE for access to and to effectuate sale transactions
on both CCE and Collectors Corner. Currently, Collectors Corner has over 44,000 coins offered for sale with offering prices
aggregating in excess of $45 million. In December 2007, as an extension of the Collectors Corner business-to-consumer website, we
launched a segment for certified currency, which makes the search and sorting capabilities of Collectors Corner available to
consumers of currency, as well as coins. Sellers of currency on Collectors Corner pay a separate fixed monthly fee to list currency for
sale. Collectors Corner now has over 1,400 items of currency offered for sale with offering prices aggregating approximately $3
million. In May 2008, as a further extension of Collectors Corner, we launched a segment for sportscards. In a similar fashion to
coins and currency, all consumers are able to search and sort for certified sportscards. Sellers of sportscards pay a separate fixed
monthly fee to list sportscards for sale. Collectors Corner now has over 32,000 sportscards offered for sale with offering prices
aggregating more than $3.5 million. Collectors Corner is receiving, on average, over 50,000 visits per month with over 425,000
pageviews. The enhanced liquidity provided by CCE and Collectors Corner for certified coins, currency and sportscards, increases the
volume and turnover of these items, which benefits PCGS, PCGS Currency and PSA, respectively, because, as a general rule,
increases in sales and purchases of coins, currency and sportscards increases the demand for our authentication and grading
services. If we succeed in growing CCE and Collectors Corner, we believe that the CCE/Collectors Corner websites can become the
preeminent online markets for PCGS certified coins sold by dealers to other dealers, and for coins, currency and sportscards certified
by PCGS, PCGS Currency and PSA, respectively, bought and sold between dealers and consumers. We are in the process of further
extending the concepts and systems developed for Collectors Corner into the stamp market where we offer authentication and grading
certification services.
Publications and Advertising. We publish authoritative price guides, rarity reports and other collectibles data to provide
collectors with information that makes them better informed consumers and makes collecting more interesting and exciting. Our
publications also enable us to market our services, create increased brand awareness and to generate advertising revenues. We publish
Sports Market Report, which we publish on a monthly basis primarily for distribution to approximately 7,600 PSA Collectors Club
members and the Stamp Market Quarterly, which we publish for distribution to approximately 2,000 stamp dealers and collectors. In
addition, we publish Palmieri’s Market Monitor, an educational and informative diamond and gemstone-industry publication. We sell
advertising to dealers and vendors for placement in our publications. We manage a Collectors Universe website and
11
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
individual websites for our authentication and grading services. On those websites, we offer collectible content, relevant to the
marketplace for that specific authentication and grading service, some of which is available for a fee and some of which is available
without charge. We believe our websites for PCGS in coins and PSA in sports have the highest number of visitors and web traffic in
their respective markets. We sell advertising to dealers and vendors on these two websites and on the websites we maintain for PCGS
Currency, PSE in stamps and CCE and Collectors Corner in coins.
Our Mission
Our mission is to provide the finest available authentication and grading services to sellers and buyers of high-value
collectibles and other high-value assets in order to:
���increase the values and liquidity of the high value collectibles and other high value assets;
���enable and facilitate transactions in high value collectibles and other high value assets;
���generally enhance interest, activity and trading in high value collectibles and other high value assets; and
���achieve profitable growth, build long-term value for our stockholders and provide rewarding opportunities for our
employees.
Our Growth Strategy
Our growth strategies include:
���Leveraging the strong brand awareness that we have achieved in our existing collectibles markets:
— to increase the demand for and use of our services not only by dealers, but also by collectors, only a relatively small
percentage of which use independent authentication or grading services; and
— to introduce new value-added services to customers in our existing collectibles markets.
���Increasing GCAL’s market share by (i) offering services, such as its Gemprint diamond identification service either
combined with the authentication and grading service or separately as a stand-alone service, that are not available from its
competitors, (ii) implementing marketing programs targeted at sellers and purchasers of diamonds which emphasize the
benefits of the GCAL grading certificate, (iii) continuing to provide faster turnaround service and more competitive pricing,
and (iv) using the selling incentive of the Certified Diamond Exchange (CDE) which offers GCAL certified diamonds
exclusively.
���Increasing AGL’s share of the middle and high-end segment of the colored gemstone market by (i) offering enhanced
grading services, such as a guarantee of identification, primarily to dealers and high-net worth consumers, (ii) marketing the
benefits of AGL’s services, including offering a lower priced authentication and grading certificate, with accurate
identification and disclosure of appropriate enhancements, which are needed by gemstone dealers to comply with Federal
Trade Commission guidelines, and (iii) using the selling incentive of the Colored Gemstone Exchange which offers AGL
documented gemstones exclusively.
���Identifying and entering other high-value collectibles or high-value asset markets where we believe we can succeed in
building and meeting the demand among dealers, sellers and buyers for independent, third party authentication and grading
services.
We are pursuing the following strategic initiatives in order to achieve these growth objectives:
Increasing the Demand for our Services in Existing Collectibles Markets. We have established leading brands in our existing
collectibles markets, including PCGS, PSA, PSA/DNA, PSE and PCGS Currency. We use those brands to promote Collectors
Universe as the premier provider of authentication and grading services in the high-value collectibles markets, in order (i) to increase
our market share among existing users of authentication and grading services and (ii) to increase the use of our services by the
numerous collectors that do not currently use any independent third party authentication or grading services.
12
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
Although we have authenticated and graded over 15 million coins since the inception of PCGS and over 11 million
sportscards since the inception of PSA, we estimate that less than 10% of the vintage United States coins and vintage sportscards have
been authenticated and graded. According to recent data available on eBay’s websites, the number of coins being sold at any one time
on eBay generally ranges from approximately 105,000 to 150,000, of which only approximately 13% are authenticated and graded by
a third party authentication and grading service, such as ours. Similarly, the number of sportscards being sold at any one time on eBay
generally ranges from approximately 320,000 to 470,000, of which only about 10% are independently authenticated and
graded. Additionally, we estimate that we have authenticated and graded less than 5% of the potential market of autographs and
stamps in the United States. Also, new collectibles are introduced each year into the markets in which we operate, some of which are
authenticated and graded in the year of their introduction. Over time, these collectibles will increase the supply of vintage items that
are sold by dealers and collectors and, which we expect will be submitted for independent third party authentication and grading.
To take advantage of these market opportunities, we have:
���enhanced our marketing programs to promote our brands and services directly to Internet and other auction-related
businesses. These programs emphasize the benefits of using our services, including increased marketability and the
prospect of higher bids for collectibles;
���initiated joint marketing programs with collectibles dealers that are designed to make their customers aware of the
availability and benefits of our authentication and grading services;
���established authorized PCGS and PSA dealer networks to increase the visibility of our brands and the use of our services
by those dealers and their customers;
���developed and expanded our Set Registry
SM programs to increase demand for our collectible coin, sportscard and stamp
authentication and grading services among collectors and to increase traffic on our websites;
���developed and linked buying demand from our Set Registry program to Collectors Corner in order to increase the referral
of PSA sportscard buyers to Collectors Corner dealer-subscribers, thereby enhancing the value of the subscription and
increasing the preference for PSA graded sportscards in the market;
���expanded the offerings and markets in which Collectors Corner provides a business-to-consumer website for the sale of
third party products certified by us; and
���increased the promotion of our Collectors Clubs to attract and to provide incentives for collectors to use our services.
Expanding Services in our Existing Markets. Using the brand recognition we have established in the markets we serve, we
have expanded services in our existing markets. These services include:
���Participation at Collectibles Trade Shows
. Each year we participate in approximately 40 collectibles trade shows that
attract collectibles dealers and collectors who buy and sell collectibles at those shows. At some shows, we offer same
day, on-site authentication and grading services, which facilitate the trading and sales of collectibles at these shows and
conventions. At the same time, we obtain additional brand exposure and generate increased revenues, because dealers
and collectors generally are willing to pay higher fees for same day, on-site services. In July 2006, we acquired Expos
Unlimited LLC (“Expos”), a tradeshow management company that operates two well-known coin, stamp and collectibles
shows in Long Beach and Santa Clara, California. This acquisition assures us of the continued availability of the
primary show venue in Long Beach for our authentication and grading services.
13
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
���Sales of Website and Print Advertising
. We sell advertising in our publications and on our websites to collectibles
dealers and auctioneers in the markets in which we offer our branded authentication and grading services. Due to the
increasing number of visitors to our websites, we are able to offer those dealers and auctioneers the opportunity to market
their products and services to an increased number of prospective customers.
���Autograph Grading Services
. We launched autograph grading services, beginning with single signed baseballs.
Our autograph grading service meets existing and creates additional demand for differentiation in the quality, and
thus in the value, of autographed memorabilia. Our grading is based primarily on sharpness, intensity, readability
and clarity of autographs.
���E
xpansion of Website Information Services. We have been expanding the information available on our websites,
including the addition of: (i) historical coin auction prices; (ii) reproductions of historical reference books; and (iii) the
contents of famous coin, sportscard and stamp collections. These services are designed to attract new collectors, increase
the number of visitors to our websites and increase advertising revenues. Currently, PCGS.com has, on average, over
500,000 visits, with over 2.7 million page views per month, and PSACARD.com has, on average, over 180,000 visits,
with over 1.5 million page views per month.
���eBay Promotional Programs
. Leveraging our expertise and reputation as a leading independent third party authenticator
and grader of high-value collectibles, we work with eBay to create programs designed to increase the marketability of
collectibles on its auction websites and, at the same time, promote our authentication and grading services. For example,
we introduced and provide a fee-based “Quick Opinion” autograph authentication service to visitors on eBay’s sports
memorabilia auction website, whereby our autograph experts render an authenticity opinion based on an examination of
the digital image of the autograph posted on eBay. We also have included information about the benefits of our
authentication and grading services on our websites, to which eBay has placed links on its collectibles websites in order
to make that information readily accessible to its users.
���Set Registry Programs.
We have improved our Set Registry programs with an investment in software and technology
that drives the program on the separate websites of our authentication and grading services. The Set Registry provides a
free Internet-based program to allow collectors in a specific market to record their collection online in a chosen
sub-market, such as Morgan Dollars in coins or 1948 Bowman in sportscards and to compare their collection in
completeness and quality to all other similar collections that are registered and receive a ranking of the participant’s
registered set. Each year, the Set Registry awards prizes for the highest ranking sets and maintains a “Hall of Fame” for
the best sets ever assembled. To maintain the integrity of the program and to provide a preference for our authentication
and grading services, all of the items in each registered set must have been authenticated and graded by one of our
authentication and grading services. Set Registry is deployed by PCGS, PSA, PSE, and PCGS Currency. In fiscal year
ended June 30, 2008, the number of registered sets on our Set Registries increased by 26%, 27%, 74% and 327%, in
PCGS, PSA, PSE and PCGS currency, respectively.
Increasing GCAL’s Share of the Diamond Market. We believe that we can increase GCAL’s share of the diamond grading
market, notwithstanding competition from the larger and more established grading services, such as GIA, by promoting GCAL’s
independence, its policy, practice and reputation for consistent and rigorous application of diamond grading standards, the warranty of
color and clarity grades it issues, the security associated with the Gemprint of each GCAL certified diamond which, among other
benefits, deters switching of diamonds and associated grading reports and the other services that GCAL is able to offer, such as our
grading guarantee, that are not available from its competitors. Additionally, we believe that only about 50% of the diamonds larger
than 0.50 carat are offered with third party authentication and grading services and we have found that many diamond retailers do not
promote the availability of diamond grading services and that the majority of consumers do not request such services when purchasing
diamonds. As a result, we believe that the opportunity exists for us to grow the demand for GCAL’s services and enable us to increase
its market share. According to the U.S. Geological Survey 2006 Minerals Yearbook, the United States imported 17 million carats of
polished diamonds in 2006, of which 6.0 million carats were of 0.5 carats or larger.
14
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
To take advantage of these opportunities, since acquiring GCAL, we have:
���Enhanced and established GCAL as a brand providing high quality and consistent authentication and grading services.
���Provided increased security for purchasers of diamonds by including, with each diamond that is graded by GCAL, a
“Gemprint” of the diamond, which is a digital image of its unique refractive light pattern, using our patented non-invasive
diamond identification process. GCAL stores the Gemprint in its computer database, cross-indexed to the diamond’s
GCAL grading certificate. As a result, if a dealer or consumer wants to sell the diamond at a future date, the seller can
provide the prospective purchaser with evidence that the diamond being sold is, in fact, the diamond that was originally
graded by and described in the grading certificate issued by GCAL, by (i) using the Gemprint process to produce another
digital image of the diamond at the time of sale and (ii) comparing that digital image to one stored in GCAL’s
database. Consequently, the Gemprint process enables GCAL to provide an additional measure of protection against
misrepresentations of diamond quality that can occur by, for example, switching a diamond grading certificate issued for a
higher quality diamond to a lower quality diamond or by altering the grading certificate.
���Launched the Five Star Diamond Grading Certificate that includes five distinct services combined into one certificate at a
20% to 50% discount to the fees that we believe the customer would have to pay to purchase these services
separately. GCAL’s Five Star certificate also means that the customer need only keep a single grading certificate, rather
than having to maintain multiple grading certificates issued by the different grading services. The five bundled services
include:
— Direct Light Performance Analysis, which is a service that directly measures the light return from a diamond and
expresses that return in calculations, of Optical Brilliance and, Optical Symmetry, using descriptive terms from
Excellent, Very Good, and Good to Fair. These results are based on the measurement of the number of pixels in
light return from incident light. The results are shown on the certificate in two digital images of the diamond along
with the two associated adjectival descriptions for Brilliance and Symmetry. The easily understood graphics and
rating assist a potential diamond buyer in comparing the visual qualities of one diamond to another.
— Gemprint Security Registration, which is a service that captures the unique light refraction pattern of a diamond in
a digital format and records the unique “fingerprint” of the diamond, and registers that image in a database, which
provides assurance that a GCAL certified diamond can be matched to the original certificate, thereby making it
possible to detect misrepresentations of the quality of the diamond by mans of switching or altering its grading
certificates.
— Laser Inscription, which is a service that inscribes information using a cold laser on the girdle of the diamond.
Laser inscription is often used for quick identification, engraving of logos or particular phrases. Laser inscription is
one of the most often requested extra services that is included in the GCAL bundled services.
Grading Guarantee, which is a limited warranty that provides assurance to the diamond purchaser that if the
diamond is submitted for re-grading, within two years following the date of its original examination (which may
occur as a result of a resale of the diamond), the color and clarity grades on the re-grading will be equal to the color
and clarity grades assigned on the diamond’s original grading. Due to the grading process employed by GCAL, the
grading experts who re-grade a diamond are not able to determine the original grades assigned to the diamond and,
therefore, the rating assigned on re-grading cannot be affected by the original grades given to the diamond. This
guarantee is the first and only warranty issued in the industry and provides the buyer with increased confidence in
the quality rating provided by GCAL. Fair and Consistent Clarity and Color Certification, which is the result of the
consensus process employed by GCAL, where at least two qualified diamond experts must agree on the subjective
grading of Clarity and Color, two of the four “C’s” of diamond grading. The other two “C’s” are Carat and Cut, both
of which are measured by high technology machines. Differences in one grade of Clarity or one grade of Color may
result in value differences in the marketplace from 10% to 50%.
15
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
���Launched the GemFacts
SM Digital Certification Data Delivery System, by which the information on a GCAL
grading certificate is delivered, digitally, on a mini-CD along with the printed certificate at the time of retail sale
or on the Internet in a certificate look-up feature on the GCAL website. This digital delivery system allows for
co-marketing of certain diamond retail programs, including co-branding with the retail seller and may include a
digital marketing video for the retail seller. Educational “pop-up” windows are available when any one of 19
key terms are touched with the cursor, making the GemFacts digital certificate interactive for the user and a
helpful sales tool at the retail counter.
���Launched the Certified Diamond Exchange (CDE), an Internet based business-to-business exchange exclusively for GCAL
certified diamonds (www.cdediamonds.com). The buyers and sellers on CDE register for free. The buyers on CDE are
generally retailers and jewelry manufacturers, Wholesale sellers have listed for sale, on the CDE, millions of dollars of
GCAL certified diamonds and, on completion of a sale, a seller generally will deliver the diamond via overnight delivery
directly to the buyer’s store or facility. There are over 30,000 retailers in the United States registered with the Jewelers
Board of Trade and, since its inception in November 2007, CDE has registered over 2,000 buyers. The sellers on CDE are
diamond dealers and cutter/polishers who are currently not charged a fee for listing their diamonds for sale on the CDE;
however, they may only offer GCAL certified diamonds for sale on the CDE. The CDE increases the availability and
distribution of CGAL certified diamonds and the increased liquidity provided by the CDE creates an incentive for diamond
sellers to obtain GCAL diamond certifications so as to be able to offer their diamonds for sale on the CDE.
���Launched separate services for Direct Light Performance and Gemprint Security Registration that were previously only
available as a part of the combined services on a GCAL diamond grading certificate. The direct light performance report
offers information on the optical brilliance and optical symmetry of a diamond that can assist a retailer in demonstrating
one of the most important points of differentiation between two or more diamonds. The Diamond ID report offers a
Gemprint of the diamond and registration in our global database to assist in positive identification of a diamond in the
event it is lost or stolen. The separate service not only provides an opportunity for increased branding of GCAL on
diamonds that trade in the marketplace but also reinforces the value proposition of the bundled services associated with the
GCAL diamond grading certificate.
■ Obtained accreditation of GCAL operations from the International Organization for Standards (“ISO”) under standard
17025:2005, which required GCAL to meet the rigorous standards of the ISO relating to (a) management requirements
primarily with respect to the operation and effectiveness of the quality management systems within GCAL's gemological
laboratory, and (b) technical requirements relating to the competence of GCAL's staff, methodologies and test/calibration
equipment. GCAL is now one of only three diamond grading labs in the world and the only one in North America that is
accredited under ISO 17025:2005, although International Gemological Institute in North America, and the Gemological
Institute of America’s (“GIA”) Gem Instruments Division are accredited under the less rigorous ISO 9001
accreditation. We believe that, because the diamond grading business is global and the majority of the authorized
distributors associated with the diamond mines are not domiciled in the United States, and larger jewelry retailers realize
that there can be marketing benefits in using the services of an accredited gemological grading service, we believe that ISO
accreditation can be an important factor in the decisions they make in selecting the authentication and grading service they
will use.
Increasing AGL’s Share of the Colored Gemstone Market. We believe we can increase AGL’s share of the colored gemstone
authentication and grading market, because authentication and grading services are requested on less than 1% of all the colored
gemstones purchased for $500 or more. According to the U.S. Geological Survey 2006 Minerals Yearbook, imports into the United
States of colored gemstones in 2006 included 3.9 million carats of emeralds, 3.6 million carats of rubies and 6.8 million carats of
sapphires, along with 2.2 billion carats of other colored gemstones. We estimate that, in the high-value market served by auctioneers,
such as Sotheby’s and Christie’s, third party authentication and grading is requested by the auctioneers for 30% to 50% of the colored
gemstones sold at those auctions. We also estimate that AGL’s share of the certification services purchased by sellers or purchasers of
colored gemstones at those auctions is approximately 30%. In the lower to middle value segment of the market, colored gemstones
are generally sold at retail in similar stores and venues as diamonds. Although this selling environment is quite familiar with the
concept of third party authentication and grading of diamonds, retailers and others in this segment of the market generally do not use
any third-party authentication and grading services for lower to middle value gemstones. Further, the Federal Trade Commission has
16
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
promulgated regulations, requiring retailers to disclose enhancements to colored gemstones where those enhancements (a) are not, or
may not be, permanent; (b) create special care requirements; or (c) have a significant effect on the gemstone’s value. Because most
retailers do not have sufficient information or expertise to make the determinations required to satisfy these Federal disclosure
requirements and retailers generally know that consumer confidence is increased with third-party authentication and grading, we
believe we can increase our sales of our colored gemstone certification services by offering an independent, third party certificate of
color, tone and clarity, with the required disclosures about enhancements, in this low to middle-value segment of the colored gemstone
market, priced at a level that makes it economically feasible to have a larger number of such colored gemstones authenticated and
graded by us. In addition, we believe there is a cross-marketing opportunity between GCAL and AGL through the marketing of (i)
AGL services to the retailers with which GCAL has existing relationships, including Blue Nile, and (ii) GCAL services to the
auctioneers and retailers with AGL has existing relationships, such as Sotheby’s, Christie’s and Cartier.
To take advantage of these opportunities, since acquiring AGL, we have:
���Increased capacity and broadened the use of the AGL Prestige services for high quality colored gemstones valued in excess of
$20,000.
���Increased the promotion and marketing of AGL’s Fast Track services which are targeted to the market for colored gemstones
valued at between $500 and $20,000 where there has previously been little demand for and, therefore, little competition in
offering authentication and grading services.
���Sponsored educational forums in conjunction with the Federal Trade Commission and the Jewelers Vigilance Committee for
the colored gemstone trade to explain and describe the federal guidelines for disclosure of gemstone enhancements. These
forums are available online on the website of AGL at www.aglgemlab.com and DVDs have been distributed to many of the
manufacturers, dealers and retailers.
���Developed and in July 2008 launched, the Colored Gemstone Exchange (CGE) ( www.cgegems.com), an Internet based
business-to-business exchange exclusively for gemstones carrying AGL documents The buyers and sellers on CGE register
free. The buyers on CGE are generally retailers and jewelry manufacturers. Gemstone dealers list for sale only those
gemstones for which they have obtained AGL documentation as to the identification, weight, shape and enhancements. Of key
importance in this market is the inclusion of color images on the exchange for each of those colored gemstones. Buyers have
the opportunity, via the CDE, to purchase these gemstones online directly from wholesale sellers, who will generally deliver
the gemstone via overnight delivery directly to the buyer’s store or facility. The sellers on CGE are gemstone dealers and
cutter/polishers who are currently not charged a fee for registering or offering gemstones on the exchange, but may only offer
and sell AGL-documented gemstones on the CGE. We believe that the CGE will increase the availability and distribution of
many of the smaller colored gemstones valued from $500 to approximately $20,000 that carry the new AGL Fast Track
documentation and the increased liquidity that is provided by the CGE creates an incentive for gemstone sellers to obtain AGL
Fast Track services on these smaller and less valuable colored gemstones so as to be able to list those gemstones for sale on the
CGE.
17
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
Entering Other Collectibles and High-Value Asset Markets. There are additional high-value collectibles and high-value
assets with respect to which marketability and value depend primarily on their authenticity and state of preservation or quality. We
believe that the growth of some of these markets has been hampered by the absence or limited availability of independent
authentication and grading services. Although we are currently focused on growing our newer businesses in the diamond and colored
gemstone markets, we continue to evaluate opportunities with the intention to expand our business into one or more of those markets.
Other markets that we are considering for possible expansion include:
Antique silver
Art
Art glass
Comic books
Entertainment memorabilia
Estate jewelry
Musical instruments
Political memorabilia
Postcards
Rare books
Watches
Wine
We intend to consider the following criteria in selecting markets for future expansion:
���Market Size. The size of the target market, measured both in terms of the volume and the value of the collectibles or
high-value assets that trade in the market;
���Trading Prices. The prices at which collectibles or other high-value assets trade in the target market, because we have
found that the more valuable the collectible or asset, the greater is the demand for authentication and grading services;
���Competitive Environment. The presence or absence of existing independent authentication and grading services in the
target market, its capacity for new entrants and the satisfaction of dealers and collectors with the services offered by
existing providers;
���Availability of Experts. The availability of experts needed to succeed in entering a target market; and
���Means of Entry
. The benefits and costs of entry by means of an opportunistic acquisition, as opposed to starting a new
authentication and grading service that would require the development of a new brand.
The largest of these currently targeted markets are estate and pre-owned jewelry, including watches, and entertainment
memorabilia, such as Hollywood props, scripts and wardrobes. According to data available from eBay, at any one time there are
approximately 300,000 to 500,000 items of entertainment memorabilia and from 80,000 to 100,000 watches listed on eBay’s auction
websites. We are not aware of any significant third party authentication or grading services in any of these markets.
There is no assurance that we will succeed in expanding our business into any of these new markets or, even if we do succeed
in doing so, that the authentication or grading services we will offer in those markets will gain market acceptance or become
profitable.
Operations
We offer authentication and grading services for coins, sportscards, autographs and autographed memorabilia, stamps,
vintage U.S. and currency notes, and for diamonds and colored gemstones. Our trained and experienced authentication and grading
experts determine the authenticity of and, using uniform quality standards, assign a quality grade to these collectibles and to diamonds
and colored gemstones.
PCGS. Since our inception in 1986, we have graded approximately 15 million coins. We now authenticate and grade
approximately 1.5 million coins per year. We typically charge authentication and grading fees that range between $5 and $200 per
coin, depending primarily on the turn-around time requested by the customer, which varies from one day for the highest level of
service to approximately 60 days for the lowest level of service. In the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008, our fee per coin averaged
approximately $13.83. We authenticate and grade coins in accordance with standards that we developed and which have become
generally accepted in the industry. We use both an adjectival and numeric system, with a scale of 1-to-70, to rate the quality of the
coins, with the highest number representing “gem” or perfect quality. We have authenticated and graded, either before or after sale,
two of the three highest priced U.S. coins ever sold at public auction, including an 1804 Draped Bust Silver Dollar, that was sold by
the owner at an auction in 1999 for approximately $4.1 million, and a U.S. 1913 Liberty Head Nickel, that was recently sold for $4.15
million, the second highest price paid for any coin.
18
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
Our grading of coins involves an exacting and standardized process. We receive coins from dealers and collectors and
remove all packaging that identifies the submitter in any way. We then enter information regarding the coins into our proprietary
computerized inventory system, which tracks the coins at every stage of our authentication and grading process. Generally, our
process requires that two of our experts evaluate each coin independently, and no authenticity opinion is issued and no quality grade is
assigned unless their opinions of authenticity and the grades independently assigned by each of them are the same. In some cases,
depending on the type of coin being authenticated and graded or on the results of the initial review process, a third expert is involved
to make the final determinations of authenticity and grade. The coin, the determination of authenticity and its grade are then verified
by one of our senior experts, who has the authority to resubmit the coin for further review if deemed to be necessary. Only after this
process is complete is the coin reunited with its invoice, thus keeping the authentication and grading process independent of the
identity of the owner and the history of the coin. The coin is then sonically sealed in our specially-designed, tamper-evident, clear
plastic holder, which also encases a label describing the coin, the quality grade that we have assigned to it, a unique certificate number
and bar code, and the PCGS hologram and brand name.
PSA. We launched our PSA sportscard authentication and grading service in 1991 and, through June 30, 2008, had
authenticated and graded over 11 million sportscards. Our sportscard grading system uses both an adjectival and a numeric system
with a scale from 1-to-10, with the highest number representing “mint” condition or perfect quality. We employ sportscard
authentication and grading procedures that are similar to our coin authentication and grading procedures and at a minimum, two
graders are assigned to every card. On receipt of sportscards from dealers and collectors, we remove all packaging that identifies the
submitter in any way and enter information regarding the sportscards into our proprietary computerized inventory system that enables
us to track the sportscards throughout our authentication and grading process. Only after the authentication and grading process is
complete is the sportscard reunited with its invoice, thus keeping the authentication and grading process independent of the identity of
the owner and the history of the sportscard. The sportscard is then sonically sealed in our specially-designed, tamper-evident, clear
plastic holder, which also encases a label that identifies the sportscard, the quality grade that we have assigned to it and a unique
certificate number, and the PSA hologram and brand name.
We primarily authenticate and grade baseball sportscards and, to a lesser extent, football, basketball and hockey sportscards,
as well as entertainment and other collectible cards. We typically charge fees ranging between $4 and $50 per card, with an average
fee of $5.76 per card in 2008. As is the case with coin authentication and grading, sportscard authentication and grading fees are
based on the particular turn-around time requested by the submitter, ranging from one day’s turn-around for the highest level of
service to approximately 60 days for the lowest level of service.
The sportscards submitted to us for authentication and grading include primarily (i) older or vintage sportscards, particularly
of memorable or historically famous players, such as Honus Wagner, Joe DiMaggio, Ted Williams and Mickey Mantle, and (ii)
modern or newly produced sportscards of current or new athletes who have become popular with sports fans or have achieved new
records or milestones, such as Nolan Ryan and Roger Clemens. These sportscards have, or are perceived to have, sufficient collectible
value and are sold more frequently than are sportscards of less notable athletes, leading dealers and collectors to submit them for
grading to enhance their marketability. Also, the production and sale of each new series of sportscards, which take place at the
beginning and during the course of each new sports season, create new collectibles that provide a source of future additional
authentication and grading submissions to us. Among the sportscards that we have authenticated and graded is a 1909 Honus Wagner
baseball card, which received a PSA grade of NM-MT8 and was sold by the owner, via auction, in 2007 for approximately $2.35
million and resold in September 2007 for $2.8 million.
PSA/DNA. In 1999, we began offering authentication services for vintage sports autographs. Because of the variability in the
size of autographed memorabilia, the procedures we use necessarily differ from those used in authenticating and grading coins and
sportscards. Customers may ship the autographed memorabilia to us for authentication at our offices or, in the case of dealers or
collectors that desire to have a large number of items authenticated, we will sometimes send an expert to the customer’s location for
“on-site” examination and authentication. Our experts reference what we believe is one of the largest databases of known genuine
examples of signatures for comparison to a submitted specimen and draw
19
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
upon their training and experience in handwriting analysis. In most cases, we take a digital photograph of the autographs that we
authenticate and store those photographs in a master database. Before shipping the item back to the customer, a tamper-evident label
is affixed to the collectible. The label contains our PSA/DNA name and logo and a unique certificate number. For additional security,
in all cases when an item is fully authenticated, we tag the items with synthetic DNA-laced ink, which is odorless, colorless and
tasteless and visible only when exposed to a narrow band wavelength of laser light using a hand-held, battery-powered lamp.
Additional verification can be obtained by a chemical analysis of the ink to verify the unique DNA code used by PSA/DNA is, in fact,
applied to the item. As a result, if the label is removed from the item, it is still possible to verify that the item was authenticated by us.
Memorabilia that have been authenticated by our vintage autograph service include Mark McGwire’s 70th home run
baseball, which was sold at auction in 1999 for more than $3 million, and the baseball bat, autographed by Babe Ruth, which he used
to hit the first home run ever hit in Yankee Stadium in 1923. That bat recently was sold by Sotheby’s for more than $1.2 million.
We also offer grading services for autographs. We use uniform grading standards that we have developed to assign two
grades to the collectible, one based on the physical condition or state of preservation of the autograph, and the other based on the
physical condition of the collectible, using a numeric scale of 1-to-10, the highest number representing “Gem Mint” condition or
perfect quality.
PSE. We commenced our PSE stamp authentication and grading service in January 2000. In rating the quality of stamps, we
assign a numeric grade to each stamp that ranges from 1-to-100. The grade assigned to a stamp is based on several characteristics,
including the centering of the image on the stamp and the absence or presence of various faults, such as creases, perforation problems
and other imperfections that, if present, will reduce the value of the stamp. For a stamp to receive a grade of 100, which means that it
is in “gem” condition, the image on the stamp must be perfectly centered and the stamp must be faultless. Stamps submitted to us for
grading are independently examined and graded by at least two of our stamp experts. After a stamp has been authenticated and
graded, we generally issue a certificate of authentication that briefly describes the stamp and the grade assigned to it and has a digital
image of the stamp attached. The certificate bears the PSE name and logo and a unique certification number that we assign to the
stamp for record keeping purposes. We also offer our customers the option of having the stamp encapsulated in a tamper-evident,
clear plastic holder with an encased label that, like the certificate, identifies the stamp and sets forth the grade assigned to it, its unique
certification number and the PSE name and logo.
Stamps that have been authenticated and graded by us include an 1868 1¢ “Z” Grill U.S. postage stamp, which received a
PSE grade of Extremely Fine (XF) 90 and was last sold at auction in 1989 for more than $900,000. The owner submitted the stamp to
us shortly after we initiated our stamp authentication and grading service in 2000.
The volume of stamp authentication and grading submissions through fiscal 2007, relative to the number of coin and
sportscard submissions, has not been material. Since stamp grading services are relatively new to the market, we cannot predict when
or even whether our services will gain the level of market acceptance needed for stamp grading to become a material contributor to
our operating results.
Vintage U.S. Paper Currency. PCGS began marketing a vintage U.S. paper currency grading service, under the brand name
“PCGS Currency” in the third quarter of fiscal 2005. We have engaged a number of paper currency experts to grow this business and
to authenticate and grade vintage paper currency. We use an adjectival and numeric grading system, with a scale of 1-to-70, which is
similar to the system that we use for grading coins, largely because most vintage currency dealers are already familiar with that
system. Currently, there are two relatively small vintage paper currency authentication and grading companies with which we
compete, one of which is a subsidiary of, Numismatic Guaranty Corporation of America, our principal coin authentication and grading
competitor, which started a separate vintage paper currency authentication and grading service in the first calendar quarter of
2005. The rare currency market is smaller than our other collectibles markets and there is no assurance that our currency
authentication and grading service will gain broad market acceptance or that demand for such services or our entry into that market
will generate material revenues for us or enable this service to become profitable.
Diamonds. GCAL was founded in 2001 and was acquired by the Company in the second quarter of fiscal 2006. We employ
diamond grading experts and mineralogists to examine, authenticate and grade diamonds. We use a combination of technology and
the application of industry standards in this process. To authenticate diamonds, we use a Raman Spectrometer to examine the
chemical composition and Fourier Transform Infrared Spectrometer to assist in determining various treatments that may be applied to
diamonds.
20
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
In addition, we use DiamondSure and DiamondView to verify diamonds and Sarin instruments to weigh and measure the dimensions
along with a Colorimeter to assist in color grading. Experts review each diamond with respect to established color reference sets and
various magnification devices to closely examine for imperfections and inclusions that would affect the clarity grade and application
of clarity standards. In addition to providing information relative to the “4C’s” of diamond grading, we also provide a direct
measurement of light performance with technology acquired as part of the GCAL acquisition, and we provide a registration of the
Gemprint of each diamond using the patented technology that produces, records, stores, sorts and matches digital refractive images
from a pinpoint, single laser light source applied to the diamond.
GCAL assigns a quality grade to the diamond by measuring its Cut, Carat, Color and Clarity (which are known as the “4C’s” of
the diamond). Cut and Carat are measured using measurement equipment, while the Color and Clarity are determined by our experts
through the application of industry standards. Grades are applied using a scale in Color from a top Color grade of “D” to a faint
yellow lower Color grade of “M” or lower, and a Clarity grade of “Flawless” (“FL”) to “Very, Very Slightly Included 1” to “Very,
Very Slightly Included 2” (“VS1” and “VS2”), to the much lower quality grade of “Included 3” (“I3”).
In fiscal 2008, GCAL was accredited by the International Organization for Standards under ISO 17025: 2005, the
international standard for competence in a laboratory. GCAL is currently the only diamond grading laboratory in North America with
the ISO 17025: 2005 accreditation and is one of only three in the world.(although there are two other U.S. based gemological grading
services that have been accredited under the less rigorous ISO 9001 Standard). To be accredited under ISO 17025, a laboratory must
satisfy rigorous standards relating to (a) the operation and effectiveness of the quality management systems within the laboratory, and
(b) technical requirements relating to the competence of its staff, methodologies and testing and calibration equipment.
Colored Gemstones. AGL was founded in 1977 and was acquired by the Company in the first quarter of fiscal 2007. We
employ colored gemstone experts to examine, authenticate, grade, identify enhancements and determine the country of origin. We
utilize, in addition to industry standards and various technologies, a combination of standards, systems and terminology that were
developed by AGL in grading and certifying colored gemstones. To identify, authenticate and examine enhancements of colored
gemstones, we use one or more technologies including multi-channel spectroscopy, Fourier Transform Infrared Spectrometer, Raman
Spectrometer, x-ray fluorescence, ultra-violet near visible infrared spectroscopy, specimen comparison and trace element comparison
to authenticate colored gemstones from our extensive reference collection of over 5,000 samples. Weight is measured by
technologically sophisticated scales. Color and tone are reviewed by our experts to determine the application of the three digit code for
color and tone from a system we developed called ColorScan. Color and hue are described on a numeric scale from 1 to 10 in half
point increments with tone set forth on a scale from 0-100. Clarity is reviewed to determine the application of a scale using
descriptors such as “FI” meaning “Free from Inclusions”, to “MI1” and “MI2” meaning “Moderately Included” to “E1”, “E2” and
“E3” meaning “Excessively Included”. A critical review of the stone for enhancements is completed relying on the reference
collection and other testing resulting in the use of descriptions and disclosures that we developed. If requested, an analysis of the
country of origin is performed, comparing the subject stone and its trace elements and crystalline structure to those in the reference
collection.
Publications and Content. We publish authoritative price guides and rarity reports for coins, sportscards, sports autographs
and memorabilia and stamps. This information is available on our website and in our publications. These publications include:
���Price Guides. We provide a wide variety of authoritative price guides for a number of collectible markets. For example, we
track the prices at which the 3,000 most actively-traded U.S. coins are sold, dating back to 1970, and compile and publish this
information in a generally recognized collectible coin index, known as the CU3000.
���Rarity Reports. We compile and publish reports that list the total number of coins and sportscards we have graded since our
inception, categorized by item type and grade determination. We can publish, for example, the exact number of Mint State
(MS) 67-grade 1881-S Morgan silver dollars that we have graded. We believe that collectors use this information to make
more informed decisions regarding the purchase of particular coins.
21
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
���Articles
. Collecting is a passion for many and has nuances and anecdotes that are well suited to a library of articles for each
category of collectibles. We write informative articles and publish them on our websites. A sense of community is also
important to collectors. We therefore encourage our customers to communicate and to write articles which we sometimes
publish on our websites or include in our publications.
���Historical Content. Collecting is often about history, and, in many instances, historical events associated with a collectible
enhance its value. In our publications, we provide short histories about unusual and rare collectibles. We believe that these
historical accounts add to the attractiveness and excitement of purchasing such items. During 2004, House of Collectibles, a
division of Random House, published the second edition of the Official Guide to Coin Grading and Counterfeit Detection,
which was authored by our collectible coin experts. To enhance the historical content that we are able to provide dealers and
collectors, in the first quarter of fiscal 2006 we acquired CoinFacts.com, which operates a website at www.coinfacts.com, at
which we are now able to offer coin dealers and collectors proprietary information about the date and mintmark combinations
of U.S. Colonial Coins, early U.S. coins, such as the Liberty Cap Half Cent of 1794, to the most recent U.S. minted coins, such
as the Fifty State Quarters™ and the One Ounce American Eagle Gold and Silver Bullion Coins currently being produced by
the U.S. Mint.
���News
. We provide market news and information that are accessible to collectors and dealers on our websites. The news and
information most often relate to recent events, such as sales of collectibles at record prices, the introduction of new collectibles
and trends and developments in the collectibles markets we serve.
Marketing
We employ both “pull” and “push” strategies in marketing our services to dealers and collectors of high-value collectibles
and diamonds. For collectibles, our “pull” strategies are designed to promote our brands and increase the preference among collectors
for our authentication and grading services and to encourage collectors to communicate that preference to their collectibles dealers,
because most authentication and grading submissions are made by dealers. In our experience, if a customer requests a particular
grading service, the dealer ordinarily will comply with that request. On the other hand, if the customer expresses no preference, the
dealer will make its own choice of authentication and grading service or may even decide not to submit the collectible to an
independent service for authentication and grading.
For diamonds and colored gemstones, our “pull” strategy is designed to promote our services and brands to the retail
consumers who are interested in buying a diamond or colored gemstone, principally by communicating over the Internet to this target
market through our websites, to which consumers are linked when making search engine inquiries for information on diamonds or
colored gemstones, diamond and colored gemstone pricing, purchasing assistance and other searches. We believe that our websites
are distinctive because they offer third party education, information and price guides that are not associated with the sale of diamonds,
diamond jewelry or colored gemstones and, therefore, are attractive to consumers who are seeking independent and unbiased
information that will make them more educated and better consumers. Since most diamond submissions come from diamond
“sightholders” (authorized buyers of rough diamonds from the mining companies) and jewelry manufacturers, the objective of our
“pull” strategy is to create demand from retail consumers for our brand at the retail counter. For colored gemstones, the supply chain
is more diversified than for diamonds, but the strategy to “pull” demand from the retailers and consumers is similar. We believe that
consumer demand will lead diamond and colored gemstone and jewelry retailers to order diamonds, colored gemstones and diamond
and colored gemstones jewelry that have been graded by one of our services. In addition, we promote our services to the many
independent and chain store retailers through trade publication advertising and trade show appearances to demonstrate the benefits of
selling diamonds and colored gemstones with our diamond and colored gemstone grading certificates in order to encourage retailers to
ask for or even demand our brand of certification on diamonds and colored gemstones and diamond or colored gemstone jewelry they
purchase from sightholders and wholesale distributors.
Therefore, our “pull” oriented marketing programs emphasize (i) the protections that collectors and retail customers will have
if they purchase collectibles, diamonds and colored gemstones that we have authenticated and graded, and (ii) the improved
marketability and higher prices that they and the associated retailers can realize if they use our independent third party authentication
and grading services.
22
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
Our “Push” Strategy, on the other hand, is designed to market our services directly to collectibles dealers and to diamond
sightholders, colored gemstone suppliers and diamond and colored gemstone jewelry manufacturers to encourage them to use and
promote our services.
Our “Pull” Strategy. We have developed and implemented a number of marketing programs and initiatives designed to
create consumer preference for collectibles that have been authenticated and graded by us. Those programs and initiatives include:
���Direct Advertising. We directly address collectors by advertising our services in trade journals and periodicals in each of
our markets. Those journals include Coin World, Numismatic News and Linn’s Stamp News. We make personal
appearances at major, national-market trade shows around the United States that are attended by collectors, as well as
dealers. We also participate in and support programs conducted by non-profit associations whose members are primarily
collectors, such as the American Numismatic Association and the American Stamp Dealers Association.
���Set Registry Programs
. We provide collectors with the opportunity to participate in free Internet “Set Registry” programs
that we host on our collectibles websites. These programs encourage collectors to assemble full sets of related collectibles
that have been authenticated and graded by us. Generally, each registered set is comprised of between 50 and 200
separate, but related, collectibles. Examples include particular issues of coins, such as Twenty Dollar Gold Double Eagles
or Morgan Silver Dollars; particular sets of sportscards, such as all Hall of Fame pitchers or a particular team, like the 1961
Yankees; or sets of collectible stamps, such as Columbian Commemoratives or Graf Zeppelin Airmail stamps. Our Set
Registry programs enable collectors:
— to register their sets on our websites, which provides them with an off-site reference source for insurance and
informational purposes;
— to display on our websites, and compare the completeness and quality grades of, the collectibles making up their sets to
those of other collectors who have registered similar sets on our websites, thereby creating a competitive aspect to
collecting that adds to its excitement; and
— to enter our annual Company-sponsored Set Registry competitions and awards programs in which collectors can win
awards for having collected the most complete and highest graded sets of particular series or issues of coins,
sportscards or stamps.
The collectibles that may be registered on our Set Registries and included in our Set Registry competitions are limited to
collectibles that have been authenticated and graded by us. To register the collectibles to be included in a particular set,
a collector is required to enter the unique certificate number that we had assigned to each of the collectibles when last
authenticated and graded by us. We use the certificate number to compare the information being submitted by the
collector with our database of information to verify that the collectibles being registered by a participant for inclusion in
a particular set qualify to be included in that set.
We have found that our Set Registry competitions (i) create a preference and increase demand among collectors for our
brands, and (ii) promote the trading of collectibles authenticated and graded by us by set registrants seeking to improve
the completeness and overall quality of their sets, which generally results in additional authentication and grading
submissions to us. Annual awards for set completeness and quality have been issued by PCGS and PSA each year since
2002 and by PSE beginning in 2004. As an indication of the popularity of our Set Registry programs, more than 73,000
sets were registered on our Set Registries as of June 30, 2008, which represents a 28% increase over the number
registered as of June 30, 2007.
���Collectors Clubs Subscription Program . We also have established “Collectors Clubs” for coin, currency and sportscard
collectors. For an annual membership fee, ranging from $50 to $230, collectors receive a number of benefits, including (i)
the right to have, without any further charge, a specified number of collectibles authenticated and graded by us, a privilege
that non-member collectors do not have; and (ii) access to certain proprietary data that we make available on our websites
or in print. As of June 30, 2008, there were approximately 18,000 members in our Collectors Clubs.
23
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
���Certified Coin Exchange Business-to-Business Website
. The Certified Coin Exchange (CCE) website, which we purchased
in 2005, is a business-to-business website for recognized dealers in the trade. Currently, there are over 200,000 certified
coins being offered at bid and ask at an aggregate value of approximately $600 million, an increase in excess of 100% of
the number of items offered on average in the previous year. The liquidity afforded the units traded on CCE increases the
demand for PCGS certified coins.
���Collectors Corner Business-to-Consumer Website
. We have launched Collectors Corner (www.collectorscorner.com),
which is a business-to-consumer website where consumers can visit, identify, search, sort over and select for purchase
coins, sportscards and items of currency that have been certified by us and are being offered for sale by dealers. Currently,
there are approximately 44,000 coins 32,000 sportscards and 1,400 items of currency listed for sale on Collectors
Corner. All items on Collectors Corner are offered by dealer members who have applied for the right to offer such
collectibles on Collectors Corner. In addition, we launched the functional ability for PSA Set Registry participants to
automatically search Collectors Corner for specific sportscards that would increase the value of the participant’s set on our
PSA Set Registry by either filling a void in the participant’s set or by upgrading the quality of a sportscard currently a part
of the set. We believe that Collectors Corner has advantages over other business-to-consumer websites because the
counterparties to the consumer have been accepted as sellers on the Collectors Corner website and are known members of
the marketplace and selling community. Items listed are at fixed prices with the opportunity to negotiate lower prices. We
believe that the increased turnover offered for items listed on Collectors Corner, as well as the ability to use Collectors
Corner to improve a sportscard set in the PSA Set Registry, create increased brand preference for PCGS, PSA and PSE
authenticated and graded items.
���Diamond Trade Buyer Website
. We have launched the GCAL diamond website, which is directed to the trade to provide
information on our services and processes. The website includes details about our service levels and our unique warranty
and Gemprint application, along with videos of our processes in the laboratory. During the twelve month period ended
June 30, 2008, we had (on average) approximately 1,200 unique visitors a week to this trade-oriented website.
Diamond Certificate Co-Branding. GCAL has a program of co-branding the diamond sightholder or the retailer on the
GCAL diamond grading certificate in order to provide point-of-sale support or after-sale support for their brands once the
consumer has taken the diamond home. Diamond sightholders are requested by many diamond mining interests to conduct
marketing programs to “brand” a diamond from that mining interest at the retail counter. Co-branding on the diamond
grading certificate is one of the most cost effective ways by which a sightholder can brand the diamonds it purchases and
resells. Retailers are searching for various points of differentiation in a sales presentation and co-branded diamond grading
certificates can create a point of differentiation between the retailer and those of its competitors who are not using GCAL’s
services. Currently, GCAL has several co-branding programs in process including programs with retailers Bailey Banks &
Biddle, a unit of Finlay Corporation and Blue Nile, and product manufacturer Vision Cut for the Cushette brand diamond.
Certified Diamond Exchange Business-to-Business Website. As previously discussed, we launched the Certified Diamond
Exchange (CDE), an Internet based business-to-business exchange exclusively for GCAL certified diamonds. The buyers
and sellers on CDE may register with us, for free, which entitles them to access and use the CDE to purchase GCAL
certified diamonds. The buyers on CDE are generally retailers and jewelry manufacturers. Wholesale diamond sellers,
comprised primarily of diamond dealers and cutter/polishers, have listed millions of dollars of GCAL certified diamonds
for sale on the CDE. Upon completion of a sale, the seller will generally deliver the diamond via overnight delivery
directly to the buyer’s store or facility. There are over 30,000 retailers in the United States registered with the Jewelers
Board of Trade and, since inception of the CDE in November 2007, over 2,000 jewelry retailers have registered to access
and purchase GCAL certified diamonds on the CDE. Currently, we do not charge any fees for sellers to be able to register
to list or effectuate sales of diamonds on the CDE; however, we do require that all diamonds that are listed on the CDE
must be GCAL certified. We believe that the CDE increases the availability and distribution of GCAL certified diamonds
and that, by providing increased liquidity, creates an incentive for diamond sellers to obtain GCAL certifications for their
diamonds so as to be able to sell them on the CDE.
24
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
���Colored Gemstone Exchange Business-to-Business Website.
the CCE. The buyers on CGE are generally
As previously discussed, we developed, and in July 2008, we
launched the Colored Gemstone Exchange (CGE), an Internet based business-to-business exchange exclusively for
gemstones carrying AGL documents Membership on the CGE, which is free of charge, entitles members to purchase
jewelry
AGL documented gemstones on
manufacturers. Gemstone dealers list for sale on the CGE, gemstones with AGL documentation as to the identification,
weight, shape and enhancements of the gemstones. Of key importance in this market is the inclusion of color images on
the exchange for each of the gemstones, which facilitates the online sale and purchase of the gemstones. Upon completion
of a sale of a gemstone on the CGE, the seller will generally deliver the gemstone via overnight delivery directly to the
buyer’s store or facility. The sellers on the CGE are primarily gemstone dealers and cutter/polishers. Sellers are currently
not charged a fee for registering or effectuating gemstone transactions on the CGE. However, we require that all
gemstones listed for sale on CGE be AGL-documented. We believe that the CGE increases the availability and
distribution of many smaller colored gemstones, valued from $200 to approximately $20,000, that carry the new AGL
“Fast Track” documentation and that, by providing increased liquidity, the CGE creates an incentive for gemstone sellers
to obtain AGL “Fast Track” certification” on their smaller and less valuable colored gemstones so as to be able to sell
those gemstones on the CGE.
retailers and
Our “Push” Strategy. We also market our services directly to collectibles dealers and auctioneers to promote their use of our
authentication and grading services. Our marketing message is focused on the potential increase in marketability of the collectibles
due to the increase in consumer confidence that is attributable to our authentication and grading of those collectibles. These marketing
programs include:
���Trade Publication Advertising and Direct Communications
. We communicate to dealers and auctioneers by direct contact
and through advertising in trade journals and publications in the respective markets. Those journals include Coin World,
Numismatic News and Linn’s Stamp New . We also communicate with our dealers and with auctioneers by direct mail,
email, and telephone.
���Trade Shows and Conventions
. There are numerous collectibles trade shows and conventions held annually in the
United States, of which approximately 15 generally are considered to be the largest and most significant in the
collectible coin, sportscard, autograph and stamp markets. At these shows and conventions, collectibles dealers
gather on a trading floor or “bourse” to buy and sell collectibles. We offer same day, on-site authentication and
grading services, which facilitate the trading and sales of collectibles at these shows and conventions. At the same
time, we obtain additional brand exposure and generate increased revenues, because dealers and collectors
generally are willing to pay higher fees for same day, on-site services.
— In July 2006, we acquired Expos Unlimited LLC (“Expos”), a tradeshow management company that operates two of
the larger and better known coin, stamp and collectibles shows in Long Beach and Santa Clara, California,
respectively. This acquisition assures us of the continued availability of these two show venues for our onsite
authentication and grading services, provides us a platform for inaugurating and conducting collectibles shows in our
other markets and adds management personnel who are experienced in managing and conducting collectibles trade
shows.
���Authorized Dealer Network. We have implemented authorized dealer programs for coin and sportscard collectibles dealers
and auction companies. Authorized dealers are able to use our marketing materials which are designed to promote our
services and those of our authorized dealers to collectors. Those materials include “point of sale” and “point of purchase”
displays and brochures and direct mail pieces for insertion in customer mailings. In addition, authorized dealers may use
our brand logotypes on their websites to attract buyers for coins and sportscards that have been authenticated and graded
by us. We also conduct joint marketing programs with our authorized dealers in which we provide financial support for
dealer marketing programs, approved by us, that promote both the dealer’s products and services and our authentication
and grading services.
25
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
���Jewelry Trade Publication Advertising, Trade Show Appearances and Educational Seminars.
GCAL advertises in the
major jewelry trade publications and maintains an active press relations campaign. GCAL also attends the major jewelry
trade shows primarily in the summer (targeted at the fall and holiday selling season) and late fall and winter (targeted at the
Valentine’s Day and Mother’s Day season). GCAL also has the opportunity to hold educational seminars at some of the
trade shows and in-store training on grading issues and the use of the GCAL diamond grading certificate in retail
transactions. Because colored gemstones are sold at retail through virtually identical channels of distribution, AGL utilizes
these same communication channels in trade publications, trade show appearances and educational seminars. This
increased utilization of the existing communications links, allows for significant synergy between GCAL and AGL with
respect to the time, energy, messaging and expenses in these venues.
���Cross-Marketing Between GCAL and AGL
. GCAL is establishing relationships with retailers to provide diamond
authentication and grading services for the middle market. By introducing the AGL brand to the retailers and drawing on
the high value brand recognition of AGL and a more value-driven pricing program, we believe we can cross-market AGL
services to the GCAL relationships. At the same time, AGL has relationships with some of the high value sellers like
Sotheby’s and Christie’s. By introducing GCAL to these high value sellers and describing the benefits of GCAL
certifications, including the grading warranties offered by GCAL and the security benefits of Gemprint, we believe we can
cross-market GCAL to the AGL relationships. As a result of those cross-marketing efforts, Christie’s, which is a long-time
AGL customer, will soon begin including, in its diamond auction catalogues, descriptions or copies of GCAL grading
certificates to promote the sale of GCAL certified-diamonds at its auctions.
eBay Promotional Programs. Since 1999, we have worked with eBay on programs to increase the volume of collectibles
traded on eBay and, at the same time, to provide greater exposure for our authentication and grading services. Current programs
include:
���Informative and Educational Web Pages
. We have created web pages for eBay specifically designed to inform and
educate eBay buyers and sellers about the benefits of our authentication and grading services. eBay includes, on its
collectibles web pages, links to our web pages and encourages its collectibles customers to use our services. eBay has
similar programs with other collectibles authentication and grading services.
���Quick Opinion Autograph Authentication Service
. We have developed, for eBay’s customers that visit its sports
memorabilia auction website, a fee-based “Quick Opinion” autograph authentication service. For a prescribed fee,
currently $7.49 per autograph, an eBay visitor that is interested in selling or buying an autographed item of memorabilia on
the eBay auction website can obtain, from one of our autograph experts, a “quick” opinion as to the authenticity of the
autograph, generally provided within a day of submission. The opinion is based on an examination of a digital image of
the autograph posted on eBay and, due to the limitations inherent in this process, we do not warrant the accuracy of these
opinions. The fees generated by this service are shared between us and eBay.
26
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
Intellectual Property
Our intellectual property consists primarily of trademarks, copyrights, proprietary software and trade secrets. As part of our
confidentiality procedures, we generally enter into agreements with our employees and consultants and limit access to, and
distribution of, our software, documentation and other proprietary information. The following table sets forth a list of our trademarks,
both registered and unregistered, that are currently being used in the conduct of our business:
Registered Marks
Collectors Universe
PCGS
Professional Sports
Authenticator
PSA
PSA/DNA
Currency Universe
First Strike
Gemprint Appraiser
Palmieri’s Market
Monitor
Quick Opinion
Sports Market Report
World Series of Grading
CU3000
PSE
History in Your Hands
First Strike
Diamond Market Monitor
Diamond Profile
Gemprint
Professional Currency
Grading
Source Veritas
AGL
Unregistered Marks
PSE
Coin Universe
Collectors.com
Record Universe
PCGS Currency
Set Registry
Expos Unlimited
Long Beach Coin, Stamp and
Collectibles Expo
Santa Clara Coin, Stamp and
Collectibles Expo
We have not conducted an exhaustive search of possible prior users of the unregistered trademarks listed above and,
therefore, it is possible that our use of some of these trademarks may conflict with others.
The Company owns several patents related to the Gemprint process and scanning device. The principal patent is number
5,828,405 issued by the United States Patent and Trademark Office (“USPTO”) in 1998. Generally, this patent provides for the
capture of the unique optical response of a gemstone (or optical “fingerprint”) where a laser beam is focused on the gemstone and the
optical response is recorded in a digital image. This is accomplished at a controlled site, currently in the form of a small rectangular
box about the size of a breadbox, and connected to a desktop computer or other computing system for receiving and displaying a data
signal from a two dimensional video camera. The two dimensional video camera id part of a light image capture arrangement
comprising a laser diode in combination with optical means for producing a collimated light beam directed at a gemstone. The
gemstone is oriented in a predetermined manner relative to the light beam and a screen surface is located to collect and display the
unique light pattern from a gemstone. The video camera directed at the screen surface is sized to collect the image in a digital format
and directs the data signal to the attached computing device. With a communication link to a database through a local area network or
through the Internet, the digital image is stored in a standardized manner. In a similar manner, subsequent digital images can be
obtained and then compared using an algorithm to those images on the database. Other related patents are 5,124,935 and 2,679,821
issued by USPTO and related patents filed in the United Kingdom, Canada and Israel.
Collectibles and Jewelry Experts
As of June 30, 2008, we employed 59 experts in our authentication and grading operations, who have from 2 to 51 years, and
an overall average of 25 years, of experience. Our experts include individuals that either (i) had previously been collectibles dealers
or were recognized as experts in the markets we serve, or (ii) have been trained by us in our authentication and grading methodologies
and procedures, or in the case of diamonds, have been trained in the vocational schools and/or had experience in grading in competing
organizations. However, talented authentication and grading experts in collectibles are in short supply and there is considerable
competition among collectibles authentication and grading companies for their services. As a result, we have recently increased our
focus on training young authenticators and graders who we believe have the skills or knowledge base to become collectibles
experts. We also sometimes contract with outside experts, usually collectibles dealers, to assist us with special grading issues or to
enable us to address short-term increases in authentication and grading orders.
27
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
Service Warranties
We issue an authenticity or grading warranty with every coin and sportscard authenticated or graded by us. Under the terms
of the warranty, if a coin or sportscard that was graded by us later receives a lower grade upon resubmission to us for grading, we are
obligated either to purchase the coin or sportscard at the price paid by the then-owner of the coin or sportscard or, instead, if we so
choose, to pay the difference in value of the item at its original grade as compared with its lower grade. Similarly, if a coin or
sportscard that has been authenticated by us is later determined not to have been authentic, we are obligated under our warranty to
purchase the coin or sportscard at the price that the then-owner paid for that collectible. We accrue for estimated warranty costs based
on historical claims experience. Through September 30, 2007, our warranty reserves had proved to be adequate. However, certain
warranty claims were received by us in the second quarter and early in the third quarter of fiscal 2008 that were significant in relation
to our historical claims experience and, as a result, we recognized, in the second quarter of 2008, an additional expense of $822,000
for those claims. We also decided to increase our warranty accrual rate, effective January 1, 2008, to reflect this higher warranty
claims experience, and we will continue to monitor the adequacy of our warranty reserves on an on-going basis. If warranty claims
were to increase in relation to historical trends and experience, management would be required to increase the warranty reserves and
incur additional charges that would have the effect of reducing income in those periods during which the warranty reserve is
increased. Before returning an authenticated or graded coin or sportscard to our customer, we place the coin or sportscard in a
tamper-evident, clear plastic holder that encapsulates a label identifying the collectible as having been authenticated and graded by
us. The warranty is voided in the event the plastic holder has been broken or damaged or shows signs of tampering.
We do not provide a warranty with respect to our opinions regarding the authenticity or quality of autographs.
We recently began offering a warranty with respect to the color and clarity grades assigned by GCAL to the diamonds it
grades, which is the first such warranty offered by any diamond grading service. Under the terms of the warranty, if a diamond
certified by GCAL is submitted for subsequent grading by GCAL within two years of the date of the original certification (which
often occurs if the diamond is being sold), and, on that resubmittal receives a color or clarity grade that is lower than its original color
or clarity grade, we will be obligated either to purchase the diamond at the price paid by the then-owner of the diamond or, instead, if
we so choose, to pay the difference in value of the diamond at its original grade as compared with its lower grade.
Customer Service and Support
We devote significant resources, including a 23 person staff, to providing personalized customer service and support in a
timely manner handling approximately 380 customer service calls per day. On our websites, customers are able to check the status of
their collectibles submissions throughout the authentication and grading process and to confirm the authenticity of the over 18 million
collectibles that we have graded. When customers need services or have any questions, they can telephone or e-mail our support staff,
Monday through Friday between the hours of 7:00 A.M. and 5:00 P.M., Pacific Time. We also involve our collectibles and diamond
experts in providing support services when necessary to address special issues.
Supplies
In order to obtain volume discounts, we have chosen to purchase most of the injection-molded plastic parts for our clear
plastic holders principally from a single supplier. There are numerous suppliers for these items, however, and we believe that, if
necessary, we could obtain those items from any of those other suppliers without significant cost to us. However, if it were to become
necessary for us to obtain another supplier, we might have to arrange for the fabrication of a die for the new supplier. Fabrication of
high precision dies can be a lengthy process. Therefore, it is our practice to maintain at least a one month supply of these molded
plastic parts in inventory.
Competition
Coin Authentication and Grading. We have three primary competitors in the coin authentication and grading market:
Numismatic Guaranty Corporation of America (“NGC”), Independent Coin Grading and ANACS.
Sportscard Authentication and Grading. We have two primary competitors in sportscard authentication and grading: Beckett
Sportscard Grading Corporation, and Sportscard Guaranty, LLC.
28
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
Autograph Authentication and Grading. In the vintage autograph authentication market, we compete with James Spence
Authentication (“JSA”) and a few smaller competitors.
Stamp Authentication and Grading. In stamp authentication, our principal competitors are the Philatelic Foundation and the
American Philatelic Society, both of which are non-profit organizations. The Philatelic Foundation also grades stamps.
Currency Authentication and Grading. We have a major competitor in currency: Paper Money Guaranty, (a subsidiary of
NGC).
Diamond Authentication and Grading. In the diamond grading market, we compete with ten other grading services, several
of which are larger, have been in business longer and are better known than GCAL. Our principal competitors are the Gemological
Institute of America, a non-profit educational organization (GIA); AGS Laboratories, an affiliate of the American Gem Society, a
non-profit trade association; European Gemological Laboratories; International Gemological Institute; and Gemological Science
International.
Colored Gemstone Authentication and Grading. In the colored gemstone market, we compete with six or more such services,
some of which have operating histories longer than AGL. Our principal competitors are Gubelin Gemological Laboratories,
Schweizerische Stiftung für Edelstein-Forschung (SSEF, or the Swiss Gemological Institute), a non-profit organization, and
Gemological Testing Center of the American Gem Trade Association, a non-profit trade association.
The principal competitive factors in our authentication and grading markets are (i) brand recognition and awareness, (ii) an
established reputation for integrity, independence and consistency in the application of grading standards, and (iii) responsiveness of
service. Price is much less of a factor in the case of vintage collectibles, but is a more important consideration with respect to modern
coins and sportscards because of their significantly lower values. Price is a more important competitive factor in the diamond market,
due to the larger number of competitors. Because the current market in colored gemstones certification is primarily focused on
high-value colored gemstones, price is not as important a consideration as the credibility and history of the particular grading
service. We believe that our PCGS, PSA, PSA/DNA, PSE and PCGS Currency brands compete favorably with respect to all of these
factors and are among the leaders in each of their respective markets. We believe that our GCAL brand is a premium brand in the
diamond market, interpreting the grading standards in a rigorous and consistent manner, and one of the three or four top quality
brands, despite the fact that it is the smallest, in terms of the volume of grading submissions, as compared to its principal
competitors. We believe that AGL is a premium brand and competes favorably with respect to all of these factors.
Barriers to entry into the authentication and grading market are relatively low, especially in the sportscard authentication and
grading market. However, brand name recognition and a reputation for integrity, independence and consistency in the application of
grading standards can take several years to develop. The limited supply of collectibles experts also operates as a barrier to entry or
expansion in our collectibles markets. By contrast, the supply of grading experts in the diamond and colored gemstone markets are
much more plentiful. In colored gemstones, the availability of a suitable and trusted reference collection is essential to providing
accurate enhancement and country of origin analysis.
Information Technology
We have developed proprietary software systems for use in our authentication and grading operations, principally for order
tracking, processing and recordkeeping, as well as for the operation and maintenance of our Internet websites. These software systems
include Grading Management and Production Systems, Set Registry, Population Reports, Price Guides, Market Indexes, Article
Libraries, QuickOpinion Systems and Featured Dealer Systems. These applications are written in Microsoft Visual Basic.NET,
Microsoft C#, Microsoft ASP.NET and Microsoft SQL Server. We also have legacy systems, which we are in process of replacing, in
Cold Fusion and Visual Basic 6. Additionally, we maintain an integrated local area network that assists in and provides certain
controls on production, physical product movement, accounting and financial functions, data warehousing and other tasks. During the
fiscal year ending June 30, 2008, our systems tracked the authentication and grading process, generating records and data for over
3,000,000 collectibles submitted to us for authentication and grading, without significant disruption or loss of service.
29
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
Although we do not primarily conduct our business on the Internet, we do use the Internet for information exchange and
delivery of market-oriented content, as well as for our Set Registry and certain of our other marketing programs. As a result, we have
over 55 Dell PowerEdge Servers with RAID protected storage, along with multiple fully redundant SQL Server 2000 and 2005
high-availability database clusters supporting over 10 terabytes of storage. The majority of this hardware resides at our headquarters in
a server room that has 24/7 environmental monitoring and alerting through hardware sensors, 24/7 network availability and
performance monitoring and alerting through network management software and 24/7 Internet availability and performance
monitoring and alerting through third party providers. The Internet connectivity flows through multiple Internet providers with an
aggregate of 47 megabits of total Internet bandwidth using multiple layers of Internet firewall protection, including 5 Cisco PIX
firewalls (across multiple locations). We maintain a multi-tiered antivirus infrastructure. We use the FrontBridge Anti-Spam
managed service, which deploys multiple layers of technology to provide preventative and protective spam defense. Critical systems
are backed up nightly using a backup infrastructure with a 30 terabyte capacity (expandable through drive upgrades to hundreds of
terabytes). The network servers and infrastructure are managed by administrators certified by Microsoft, Cisco and CompTIA.
We have limited redundancy with our remote computer systems in both the New York, NY and Santa Barbara, CA
offices. However, we do not have real-time fully redundant computer systems at a location that is remote from Southern California,
where our primary computer systems currently are located. As a result, any damage to or failure of our computer systems due to a
catastrophic event in Southern California, such as an earthquake, could cause an interruption in our services.
Government Regulation
With the exception of laws in some states that require memorabilia authenticators to certify to the accuracy of their
authentication opinions, there are no material government regulations specifically relating to the authentication and grading businesses
that we conduct, other than regulations that apply generally to businesses operating in the markets where we maintain operations or
conduct business. However, our dealer finance program will be subject to numerous laws and regulations in those states in which we
may make loans to dealers.
Disposition of Collectibles Sales Businesses
During the period from 1999 through the latter part of fiscal 2004, we also were engaged in the business of marketing and
selling collectible coins, sportscards, currency and sports entertainment and historical memorabilia, primarily at multi-venue
auctions. We also sold collectible coins by direct sales methods.
In December 2003, we implemented a plan to focus our financial and management resources, and collectibles expertise, on
the operations and growth of our authentication and grading businesses, and to divest the collectibles auctions and direct sales
businesses.
Employees
As of June 30, 2008, we had 251 full-time employees and 37 part-time employees, of which 199 were employed in our
authentication and grading-related businesses, including our 59 experts and 23 customer service and support personnel. The other
employees included 18 in information services, 5 in marketing, 3 in our CCE subscription business, 24 in our Expos business, of
which 23 were part-time employees, and 39 in other business and administrative services. We have never had a work stoppage, and
no employees are represented under collective bargaining agreements. We consider relations with our employees to be good.
ITEM 1A RISK FACTORS
Our business is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties that could prevent us from achieving our business objectives
and that could hurt our future financial performance and the price performance of our common stock. Such risks and uncertainties
also could cause our future financial condition and future financial performance to differ significantly from our current expectations,
which are described in the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report. Those risks and uncertainties, many of which
are outside of our control, include the following:
30
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
A decline in the popularity of high-value collectibles and a resulting decrease in submissions for our services could adversely
impact our business.
The volume of collectibles submitted to us for authentication and grading is affected by the demand for and market value of
those collectibles. As the demand for and value of collectibles increase, authentication and grading submissions, as well as requests
by submitters for higher price, faster turn-around times, also increase. However, that also means that a decline in popularity and,
therefore in the value, of the collectibles that we authenticate and grade would cause decreases in authentication and grading
submissions and in the requests we receive for faster turn-around times and, therefore, also in our revenues and profitability. We have
found, over the years, that the popularity of collectibles can vary due to a number of factors, most of which are outside of our control,
including perceived scarcity of collectibles, general consumer confidence and trends and their impact on disposable income, precious
metals prices, interest rates and other general economic conditions.
Declines in general economic conditions could result in decreased demand for our services, which could adversely affect our
operating results.
The availability of discretionary or disposable income is an important factor in the willingness and ability of collectors and
consumers to purchase, and the prices that they are willing to pay for, high-value collectibles, diamonds and colored
gemstones. Declines in purchases and sales, and in the value, of collectibles, diamonds or colored gemstones usually result in declines
in the use of authentication and grading services, as such services are most often used by sellers and purchasers of collectibles in
conjunction with and to facilitate sale and purchase transactions. As a result, economic uncertainties, downturns and recessions can
and do adversely affect our operating results by (i) reducing the frequency with which collectibles dealers and collectors submit their
coins, sportscards and other collectibles for authentication and grading; (ii) reducing purchases of diamonds and colored gemstones by
consumers, which would lead to a reduction in the number of diamonds and colored gemstones submitted to us for grading;
(iii) causing collectibles dealers and collectors to request longer authentication and grading turn-around times with respect to the
collectibles they submit to us for grading, which would reduce our revenues, gross profit margin and operating results, and
(iv) reducing the ability of customers to pay outstanding accounts receivable.
Temporary popularity of some collectibles may result in short-term increases, followed by decreases, in the volume of
submissions for our services, which could cause our revenues to fluctuate.
Temporary consumer popularity or “fads” among collectors may lead to short-term or temporary increases, followed by
decreases, in the volume of collectibles that we authenticate and grade. These trends may result in significant period-to-period
fluctuations in our operating results and could result in declines in our net revenues and profitability, not only because of a resulting
decline in the volume of authenticating and grading submissions, but also because such trends could lead to increased price
competition, which could require us to reduce our authentication and grading fees in order to maintain market share. For example, the
number of coins submitted to us for grading declined during 2008 and 2007 relative to 2006, due in part to a decline in the popularity
of certain coin grading programs.
Our revenues and income depend significantly on revenues generated by our coin authentication and grading services. A
decrease in the level of submissions for these services, which historically has been impacted by changes in economic conditions,
could adversely affect our revenues and results of operations.
Coin authentication and grading, related services and product sales accounted for approximately 55%, 58% and 65% of our
net revenues in fiscal 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. We believe fluctuations in coin grading submissions can be due, at least in
part, to (i) economic downturns which can result in a decline in consumer confidence and disposable income and, therefore, the
willingness of dealers and collectors to buy collectible coins, and (ii) the performance of the stock markets, the level of interest rates
and fluctuations in the value of the U.S. Dollar, which can lead investors to shift some of their investments between stocks and bonds
and precious metals. The lack of diversity in our sources of revenues and our dependence on coin grading submissions for a majority
of our net revenues make us more vulnerable to adverse changes in economic conditions. These adverse changes include fluctuations
in the value of precious metals or recessionary conditions that could result in declines in collectibles authentication and grading
submissions generally or, more particularly, in collectible coin submissions that would, in turn, result in reductions in our total net
revenues and operating results.
31
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
Our top 6 customers, account for approximately 10% of our total net revenues.
During the year ended June 30, 2008, six of our coin customers accounted, in the aggregate, for approximately 10% of our
total net revenues. As a result, the loss of any of those customers, or a lower level of grading submissions by any of those customers,
could cause our net revenues to decline and, therefore, could harm our operating results. Our revenues from these customers are also
impacted by the level of submissions and revenue earned from submissions at collectibles trade shows where we provide on-site
grading and authentication services to show attendees who typically request same-day turn-around. The level of submissions at trade
shows can vary depending upon a number of factors, including the timing and number of the trade shows conducted in any particular
period, or short-term decisions made by dealers during such trade shows. In addition, the level of our revenues can be impacted by
short-term changes in the price of gold that may occur generally or around the time of the show, which can affect the volume of coin
transactions from these customers at the trade shows and which, in turn, can affect the volume of submissions to us for on-site grading
and same-day turn-around at shows.
Our diamond, colored gemstone and currency authentication and grading businesses are in their start-up phases. There can
be no assurance that these businesses will prove to be successful.
We purchased our diamond and colored gemstone grading businesses in November 2005 and August 2006, respectively, and
we started our currency authentication and grading business in March 2005. These businesses have yet to make a material
contribution to our net revenues. To date, our diamond, colored gemstone and currency grading businesses have incurred significant
operating losses and we do not have, as of yet, an assurance that these services will gain market acceptance or that these businesses
will ever make a material contribution to our net revenues or achieve profitability. As a result, in accordance with applicable
accounting rules, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, we determined that there had been an impairment to these jewelry businesses,
and we recorded a non-cash impairment loss of approximately $11,232,000 with respect to the goodwill, intangible assets and certain
tangible assets of our diamond and colored gemstone grading businesses. See "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
─ Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates ─ Long-Lived Assets Other than Goodwill and Goodwill in Part II of this Report.
Future acquisitions and the commencement of new businesses present risks, and we may be unable to achieve the financial and
strategic goals of any acquisition or commencement of any new business.
One component of our growth strategy is to acquire existing or to start new businesses that serve other markets for other
collectibles or high-value assets. In fiscal 2006 we acquired four businesses, including a diamond grading business, and in fiscal 2007
we acquired two other businesses, a colored gemstone grading business and a trade show management company. The purchase of
these new businesses, present a number of risks and uncertainties, including:
���difficulties in integrating newly acquired or newly started businesses into existing operations, as a result of which we may
incur increased operating costs that can adversely affect our operating results;
���the risk that our current and planned facilities, computer systems and personnel and controls will not be adequate to
support our expanded operations;
���diversion of management time and capital resources from our existing businesses, which could adversely affect their
performance and our operating results;
���dependence on key management personnel of acquired or newly started businesses and the risk that we will be unable to
integrate or retain such personnel;
���the risk that new services we may introduce or begin offering, whether as a result of internal expansion or business
acquisitions, will not gain acceptance;
���competition from established or larger competitors in new markets, such as in our diamond grading business, which could
adversely affect the financial success and performance of any of the businesses we may have acquired or started; and
���the risk that the anticipated benefits of any acquisition or of the commencement of any new business may not be realized,
in which event we will not be able to achieve an acceptable return on our investment.
32
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
There are risks associated with new service offerings, with which we have little experience.
We are continually exploring new services that we might introduce and offer to our existing authentication and grading
customers as a means of increasing our net revenues and profitability. Those new services, however, may prove to be unprofitable and
negatively impact our operating results.
We are dependent on our key management personnel.
Our performance is greatly dependent on the performance of our senior management and certain other key employees. As a
result, the loss of the services of any of our executive officers or other key employees could harm our business. Some of our executive
officers and key employees are experts in the collectibles markets and have industry-wide reputations for authentication and grading
of collectibles. In particular, the loss of Michael R. Haynes, our Chief Executive Officer, or David G. Hall, our President, could have
a negative effect on our reputation for expertise in the collectibles markets in which we operate and could lead to a reduction in
authentication and grading submissions to us.
We are dependent on our collectibles experts.
In certain of our markets, there are a limited number of individuals who have the expertise to authenticate and grade
collectibles, and competition for available collectibles experts is intense. Accordingly, our business and our growth initiatives are
heavily dependent on our ability (i) to retain our existing collectibles experts, who have developed relatively unique skills and enjoy a
reputation for being experts within the collectibles markets, and (ii) to implement personnel recruiting, succession and training
programs that will enable us to add collectibles experts, as necessary, to grow our business and offset employee turnover that can
occur from time to time. If we are not successful in retaining our existing collectibles experts or in hiring and training new collectibles
experts, this could limit our ability to grow our business and adversely affect our operating results and financial condition. Moreover,
some of our experts could leave our Company to join a competitor or start a competing business.
We could suffer losses on authentication and grading warranties.
Certain of our grading service businesses offer customers service warranties. The warranties offered by our collectibles
grading businesses provide that:
if any collectible we have authenticated and sealed in our tamper-evident plastic cases is later determined not to have been
genuine, we would have to purchase the collectible at the price paid for it by its then owner; and
��
��if any collectible that was graded by us and sealed in our tamper-evident plastic cases later receives a lower grade upon
resubmission to us for grading, we would be obligated either to purchase the collectible at the price paid by its then owner or
to pay the difference in its value at its original grade as compared to its value at the lower grade.
GCAL, our diamond grading subsidiary, offers a grading warranty which provides that, if a diamond graded by us is
submitted for re-grading within two years and, on re-grading is assigned a color or clarity grade that is more than one grade lower than
the original color or clarity grade it received, GCAL will become obligated to purchase the diamond at the price paid by its then owner
or, if GCAL so chooses, to pay the difference in its value at its original grade as compared to its value at the lower grade.
We have no insurance coverage for claims made under these warranties and, therefore, we maintain reserves to satisfy such
warranty claims based on historical experience. However, there is no assurance that these warranty reserves will prove to be adequate
and, if they are not, our operating results could be harmed and, therefore, we will continue to monitor the adequacy of our warranty
reserves on an on-going basis. During 2008, we unexpectedly received certain coin grading warranty claims that were significant
when compared to our prior warranty claims experience. As a result, we recognized, in the second quarter of 2008, an additional
expense of $822,000 to provide for those claims. In addition, effective January 1, 2008, we increased our warranty accrual rate to
reflect this higher warranty claims experience. Those actions contributed to an increase in our costs of sales and, therefore, to the
operating loss we incurred for fiscal year 2008.
33
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
Increased competition could adversely affect our financial performance.
Although there are few major competitors in the collectibles authentication and grading markets in which we currently
operate, competition in these markets is, nevertheless, intense. In addition, in the diamond market there are a number of grading
services that are substantially larger, have been in business substantially longer and are better known than GCAL. Increased
competition in our collectibles markets could adversely affect our pricing and profit margins and our ability to achieve further growth,
and we cannot assure that we will continue to be successful in competing against existing or future competitors in our collectibles
markets. In our diamond business, as we implement its growth strategy, we are likely to encounter intense competition from larger
and more established competitors that have significant market shares. Also, our entry into new collectibles or high-value asset
markets could lead other potential competitors to enter those markets as well. Such competition could adversely affect our ability to
generate profits and could cause us to continue to incur losses in those markets and damage our financial condition.
We depend on our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights.
We believe that our patents, trademarks and other proprietary rights are important to our success and competitive position.
We rely on a combination of patents, trademarks, copyright and trade secret laws to establish and protect our proprietary
rights. However, the actions we take to establish and protect our intellectual and other proprietary rights may prove to be inadequate
to prevent imitation of our services or products or to prevent others from claiming violations of their intellectual and proprietary rights
by us. In addition, others may develop similar trade secrets or other intellectual property independently or assert rights in our
intellectual and other proprietary rights that could lead them to seek to block sales of our services based on allegations that use of
some of our marks or other intellectual property constitutes a violation of their intellectual property rights.
Our unregistered trademarks could conflict with trademarks of others.
We have not conducted an exhaustive search of possible prior users of our unregistered trademarks, including Coin Universe,
Collectors.com and PSE. Therefore, it is possible that our use of some of these trademarks may conflict with others. As a result, we
could face litigation or lose the use of some of these trademarks, which could have an adverse effect on our name recognition and
result in a decrease in revenues and an increase in expenses.
The imposition of government regulations could increase our costs of doing business.
With the exception of state laws applicable to autograph authentication, the collectible coin and other high-value collectibles
markets are not currently subject to direct federal, state or local regulation. However, from time to time government authorities
discuss additional regulations which could impose restrictions on the collectibles industry, such as regulating collectibles as securities
or requiring collectibles dealers to meet registration or reporting requirements, or regulating the conduct of auction
businesses. Adoption of laws or regulations of this nature could lead to a decline in sales and purchases of collectibles and, therefore,
also to a decline in the volume of coins, sportscards and other collectibles that are submitted to us for authentication and grading.
Our reliance on a single source for principally all of our “tamper-evident,” clear plastic coin and sportscard holders exposes us
to potential supply and quality problems.
We place all of the coins, sportscards and currency notes, and sometimes also the stamps that we authenticate and grade, in
tamper-evident, clear plastic holders. In order to take advantage of volume pricing discounts, we purchase substantially all of those
holders, on a purchase order basis, from one principal supplier. Our reliance on a single supplier for a substantial portion of those
plastic holders exposes us to the potential for delay in our ability to deliver timely authentication and grading services in the event that
supplier were to terminate its services to us or to encounter financial or production problems. If, in such an event, we were unable to
obtain replacement holders in a relatively short period of time, we could lose customer orders, or incur additional production costs. In
addition, if the replacement holders were not of comparable quality to our existing supplier, we could expose ourselves to the potential
for additional warranty claims in the event that tampering with our holders was not evident. These occurrences could cause a decline
in our net revenues and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
34
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
Our computer and network systems may be vulnerable to unforeseen problems and security risks, and we are vulnerable to
system failure due to a lack of redundant systems at another location.
Our operations are dependent on our ability to protect our computer systems that we use in our authentication and grading
operations and to maintain our websites against damage from fire, power loss, telecommunications failure, earthquakes and similar
catastrophic events. In this regard, Southern California, where we are primarily located, is particularly vulnerable to earthquakes and
fires that could result in damage to our computer systems. In addition, our diamond and colored gemstone operations are located in a
New York City high-rise building that could be vulnerable to terrorist attacks or to fire or other disasters. We do not have redundant
computer systems at any locations that are remote from Southern California or New York. Any damage to or failure of our computer
systems could cause an interruption in our services that could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.
In addition, our operations are dependent on our ability to protect our computer systems and network infrastructure from
damage that could occur from physical break-ins, security breaches and other disruptive problems caused by the technology that we
employ in our operations. Computer break-ins and security breaches also could jeopardize the security of information stored in and
transmitted through our computer systems and network infrastructure, which could cause us to incur significant liability and possibly
also damage our reputation. Other disruptions due to problems on the Internet or actions of Internet users could make it difficult for
our customers to access our websites. In either case, problems of this nature could adversely affect our business and operating results,
and security breaches that would adversely affect the privacy of customer information could lead existing customers to terminate their
business relationships with us. Although we intend to continue to implement and upgrade sophisticated technology to prevent such
disruptions and damage, there is no assurance that our security measures will prove to be adequate or successful.
We rely on third parties for various Internet and processing services.
Our operations depend on a number of third parties for Internet access and delivery services. We have limited control over
these third parties and no long-term relationships with any of them. For example, we do not own a gateway onto the Internet, but,
instead, rely on Internet service providers to connect our website to the Internet. Should the third parties that we rely on for Internet
access or delivery services be unable to serve our needs for a sustained time period as a result of a strike, natural disaster or other
reason, our revenues and business could be harmed.
We are exposed to potential risks and we will continue to incur costs as a result of the internal control testing and evaluation
process mandated by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Although we have documented and tested the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, as required by
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we expect we will continue to incur costs, including accounting fees and other
personnel costs in order to maintain compliance with that Section of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Also, if our efforts to comply with new
or changed laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities
related to our practices, our reputation may be harmed or we may be subject to litigation.
If our quarterly results are below the expectations of securities market analysts and investors or we decide to suspend or
discontinue the payment of dividends, the price of our common stock may decline.
Many factors, including those described in this “Risk Factors” section, can affect our business, financial condition and results
of operations, which makes the prediction of our future financial results difficult. These factors include:
���increases or decreases in number of collectibles or diamonds graded from period to period;
���changes in market conditions that can affect the demand for our authentication and grading services, such as a decline in
the popularity of certain collectibles and volatility in the prices of gold and other precious metals;
35
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
���changes in economic conditions that affect the availability of disposable income among collectors and consumers; and
���the actions of our competitors.
If, as a result of these or other conditions or factors, our quarterly operating results fall below expectations or we decide to
suspend or discontinue the payment of dividends, securities market analysts may downgrade our common stock and some of our
stockholders may sell their shares, which could adversely affect the trading prices of our common stock. Additionally, in the past,
companies that have experienced declines in the trading price of their shares due to events of this nature have been the subject of
securities class action litigation. If we become involved in a securities class action litigation in the future, it could result in substantial
costs and diversion of our management’s attention and resources, thus harming our business.
No assurance that we will continue to pay cash dividends.
In May 2006, our Board of Directors adopted a policy providing for the payment of cash dividends, initially at a rate of $0.08
per share per quarter, which was subsequently increased to $0.25 per share. As we disclosed previously, the continued payment of
cash dividends was subject to a number of factors, including changes in market and financial conditions, and, therefore, there could be
no assurance that the amount of the Company's cash dividend would not be reduced or the payment of cash dividends would not be
suspended or discontinued by the Board of Directors. On September 26, 2008, the Board of Directors determined that, due to market
and economic conditions, including the liquidity crisis in the United States, the prudent course of action would be, and the Board of
Directors voted, to suspend the payment of cash dividends in order to preserve the Company's cash resources to support the continued
implementation of the Company's strategic plan and the growth of its business. At the same time, the Board of Directors approved
a 10% stock dividend on the Company's outstanding shares, commencing in November, 2008. See "MARKET FOR COMMON
STOCK AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS ─ Dividends" in Part II of this Report.
Provisions in our charter documents or in Delaware law may make an acquisition of us more difficult or delay a change in
control, which may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.
Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws contain anti-takeover provisions, including those listed
below, that could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of us, even if that change of control would be beneficial to
our stockholders:
���our board of directors has the authority to issue additional common stock and preferred stock and to determine the price,
rights and preferences of any new series of preferred stock without stockholder approval;
���there are limitations on who can call special meetings of our stockholders; and
���stockholders may not take action by written consent.
In addition, provisions of Delaware law and our stock option plans may also discourage, delay or prevent a change in control
of our Company or unsolicited acquisition proposals.
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
We lease approximately 59,000 square feet for our California-based headquarters under a nine-year lease that commenced in
November 2000. We currently sublease 2,184 square feet of this office space to a related party sub-tenant with an expiration date that
coincides with the expiration of the Company's nine-year lease. We lease approximately 7,300 square feet in New York City in
connection with our diamond grading business of which 5,000 square feet is leased under an operating lease through December 31,
2015 and the balance being leased on a month-to-month basis. For our colored gemstone grading business, we currently lease 6,675
square feet under an operating lease through December 2017 and 2,133 on a month-to-month basis until such time that our new 6,675
square feet space is available for occupancy. In connection with our Expos shows management business, we lease approximately
1,000 square feet in Santa Barbara, CA under a lease agreement with a related party that commenced on July 1, 2006 and continues for
a period of 3 years until June 30, 2009.
36
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
Bill Miller v. Collectors Universe, Inc. As previously reported, the Company was a defendant in this legal action, which was
brought in the Superior Court of California, County of Orange, by Bill Miller, a former employee of the Company and an expert in the
authentication of autographs and memorabilia. In his suit, Miller alleged that the Company had issued authentication certificates
bearing his name without his consent, in violation of a California statute prohibiting unauthorized appropriation of a person’s name,
signature or likeness. The statute provides that a person whose name, signature or likeness has been misappropriated, in violation of
the statute, is entitled to recover the greater of $750 or the actual damages suffered as a result of the unauthorized use, and any profits
that were attributable to that unauthorized use that are not taken into account in computing the actual damages. The Company denied
Miller’s allegations and asserted that he was not entitled to any recovery under the statute in excess of his actual damages and that he
had not suffered any actual damages as a result of the issuance of the certificates.
Also, as previously reported, at the conclusion of the trial, which took place in October 2005, (i) the jury found that the
Company had used Miller’s name without his consent on 14,060 authentication certificates, but that Miller had sustained actual
damages from that use totaling $14,060; and (ii) the parties entered into a stipulated judgment in the case, which, among other things,
provided that Miller’s statutory damages arising from the actions of the Company were zero, and the Company was entitled to recover
$37,812 from Miller on a cross complaint. The court left unresolved and for future determination the issue of which party, if any, was
the prevailing party in the lawsuit, which would determine which party, if any, is entitled to recover its attorney’s fees from the other
party.
In March, 2005, Miller filed an appeal of the trial court’s ruling and the stipulated judgment in which he sought, among other
things, a finding that as a matter of law he was entitled to statutory damages that should be determined by multiplying $750 times the
14,060 authentication certificates on which his name appeared without his consent, or approximately $10.5 million in total.
On February 1, 2008, the three-judge Appellate Court ruled unanimously in favor of the Company, holding that (i) the use of
Miller’s name by the Company constituted, at most, a single violation of the statute in question and, therefore, Miller was not entitled
to multiply $750.00 by the number of times his name was used as a measure of damages; and (ii) Miller had the right to file a new trial
in an effort to recover damages for the use by the Company of his name; however, in that lawsuit he would have to prove that
Collectors Universe violated the statute at issue or common law and, if he succeeded in proving such a violation, he would have to
prove that he incurred actual damages as a result of that violation in order to recover any amounts against the Company.
In February 2008, Miller filed a petition with the California Supreme Court seeking a review and reversal of the Appellate
Court’s decision. On April 23, 2008, the California Supreme Court denied Miller’s petition for review. Miller has accepted the
judgment for $14,060 plus $750 statutory damages.
However, in August 2008, the Company and Miller reached a tentative settlement agreement which provides for a complete
release by each party of all known and unknown claims it has or may have against the other relating to or arising out of the subject
matter of the suit, including the pending claims for recovery of its legal fees and expenses. The documentation to give effect to the
settlement and mutual release has been prepared and is awaiting signature by the parties. In the event that Miller does not to sign the
documentation, then, each party would be free to pursue its claims for recovery of its legal fees and costs from the other party.
Other Legal Actions
The Company is named from time to time, as a defendant in lawsuits that arise in the ordinary course of
business. Management of the Company believes that none of those lawsuits currently pending against it is likely to have a material
adverse effect on the Company.
37
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
None.
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF REGISTRANT
Name
Michael R.
Haynes
David G. Hall
Joseph J.
Wallace
Age
57
61
48
Positions
Chief Executive Officer
President
Chief Financial Officer
MICHAEL R. HAYNES has served as Chief Executive Officer and a Director of the Company since January 1, 2003. He
served as Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Director of Tangible Asset Galleries, Inc, a distributor of fine art, from
2000 to 2002. He has been President, Chief Operating Officer and/or Chief Financial Officer of eight collectibles, precious metals,
specialty retail, distribution, e-commerce and manufacturing businesses. Overall, Mr. Haynes has more than 25 years of experience in
managing the growth and development of growth companies, which includes over 19 years experience in managing both public and
private companies engaged in the business of selling collectibles at auction, retail and wholesale. He was also one of the co-founding
board members of the Industry Council for Tangible Assets, a Washington, D.C. trade association for dealers and auctioneers of
tangible and collectible assets, where he served for nine years. Mr. Haynes holds a Master's degree in Business and a Bachelor of
Science degree in mechanical engineering, both from Southern Methodist University. He is a Certified Public Accountant and a
Certified Financial Planner.
DAVID G. HALL has served as President of Collectors Universe, Inc. since September 2001. From April 2000 to
September 2001, Mr. Hall served as our Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Hall also served as Chairman of the
Board and a Director of Professional Coin Grading Services, Inc., the Company’s predecessor, since it was founded in February 1986
and also served as its President and Chief Executive Officer until January 1999. Mr. Hall was honored in 1999 by COINage Magazine
as Numismatist of the Century, along with 14 others. In 1990, Mr. Hall was named an Orange County Entrepreneur of the Year by
INC. magazine. In addition, he has written A Mercenary’s Guide to the Rare Coin Market, a book dedicated to coin collecting. Mr.
Hall is also a member of the Professional Numismatists Guild.
JOSEPH J. WALLACE became the Company’s Chief Financial Officer in September 2005. Prior to becoming Chief
Financial Officer, he was the Company’s Vice President of Finance from November 2004 and Controller from June 2004. From 1997
to 2003, Mr. Wallace was Vice President of Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of STM Wireless, Inc., a public traded
company engaged in the business of developing, manufacturing and marketing satellite communications products and services. Mr.
Wallace is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants, a member of the Institute of Certified Public Accountants, in Ireland,
and a CPA in the State of California.
38
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
Our common stock is listed on the Nasdaq Global Market, trading under the symbol CLCT. The following table sets forth
the high and low closing prices of our common stock, as reported by NASDAQ, and the cash dividends that we paid to our
stockholders, in each of the fiscal quarters in the fiscal years ended June 30, 2008 and 2007:
Fiscal 2008
Closing Share Prices
First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter
Fiscal 2007
First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter
$
$
High
Low
$
15.80
14.05
12.26
10.56
$
12.99
10.49
8.75
8.11
Closing Share Prices
High
Low
$
14.28
14.39
14.21
15.29
$
12.28
12.34
12.73
13.46
Cash
Dividend
Per Share
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
Cash
Dividend
Per Share
0.08
0.08
0.12
0.12
The Company had 77 holders of record and approximately 2,341 beneficial owners of its common stock on June 30, 2008.
Dividends. On May 31, 2006, the Company adopted a dividend policy that called for the payment of quarterly cash
dividends of $0.08 per common share, for an expected annual cash dividend of $0.32 per share. The quarterly cash dividend was
increased to $0.12 per share in the third quarter of fiscal 2007. Then, effective in the first quarter of fiscal 2008, the quarterly cash
dividend was increased to $0.25 per common share for an expected annual cash dividend to stockholders of $1.00 per common share.
As we disclosed previously, the continued payment of cash dividends was subject to a number of factors, including the
Company’s financial performance and changes in market and financial conditions, and, therefore, there could be no assurance that the
amount of the cash dividend would not be reduced or the payment of cash dividends would not be suspended or discontinued by the
Board of Directors. On September 26, 2008, the Board of Directors determined that, due to market and economic conditions,
including the liquidity crisis in the United States, the prudent course of action would be, and the Board of Directors voted, to suspend
the future payment of cash dividends in order to preserve the Company's cash resources to support the continued implementation of
the Company's strategic plan and the growth of its business. At the same time, the Board of Directors approved a 10% stock dividend
on the Company's outstanding shares, and it declared that this dividend will be distributed on November 3, 2008 to all stockholders of
record on October 20, 2008.
Share Repurchases
On December 6, 2005, the Company publicly announced that its Board of Directors had approved a stock buyback program
that authorized the Company to make up to $10 million of stock repurchases in the open market or private transactions, in accordance
with applicable SEC rules. The Company is under no obligation to repurchase any shares under this program, and the timing, actual
number and value of shares that may be repurchased under this program will depend on a number of factors, including the Company’s
future financial performance, the Company’s available cash resources and competing uses for the cash that may arise in the future,
prevailing market prices of the Company’s common stock and the number of shares that become available for sale at prices that the
Company believes are attractive. During the years ended June 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company repurchased and retired
232,152, 72,517 and 181,851 shares, respectively, for which it paid a total of approximately $2,198,000, $945,000 and $2,618,000,
respectively.
39
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
At June 30, 2008, the total dollar value of shares that could be purchased in the future under this program was $4,239,000.
The following table sets forth information regarding our share repurchases in each of the months during the quarter ended
June 30, 2008.
Monthly Periods
Through June 30, 2008
April 1 to April 30, 2008
May 1 to May 31, 2008
June 1 to June 30, 2008
Total
(a)
(b)
(c)
Total
Number
of Shares
Purchased
Average Price
Paid
per Share
Dollar Value
of Shares
Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced
Program
(d)
Approximate
Dollar Value
of Shares that
May Yet Be
Purchased
under the
Programs
0
36,945 $
53,331 $
90,276 $
N/A
9.68 $
9.74 $
9.72 $
N/A $
357,688 $
519,496 $
877,184
5,116,308
4,758,620
4,239,124
ITEM 6. SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The selected operating data for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006, and the selected balance sheet data at
June 30, 2008 and 2007 set forth below are derived from the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere
in this Annual Report. The selected operating data for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2005 and 2004 and the related balance sheet
data at June 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004 were derived from audited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this Annual
Report. The following data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto and
with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included below in this Annual
Report.
During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006, we acquired four businesses, including Gem Certification & Appraisal Lab, a
gemological certification and grading laboratory (“GCAL”) and substantially all of the assets of Gemprint Corporation (“Gemprint”),
consisting primarily of a patented technology for non-invasive diamond identification which is used to digitally capture the unique
refractive light pattern (or “Gemprint”) of each diamond that is processed with that technology. During the fiscal year ended June 30,
2007, we acquired two additional businesses, including American Gemological Laboratories, an international colored gemstone
certification and grading laboratory (“AGL”). The operating results of each of these acquired businesses have been included in our
consolidated results of operations from the respective dates of their acquisition by us. See Item 7 - MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION
& ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — Our Business — Recent Acquisitions, below
in this report.
In the third quarter of fiscal 2005, we completed a public offering in which we sold a total of 2,195,856 shares of our
common stock at a public offering price of $17.50 per share. The net proceeds to us from the sale of the shares in the offering, after
payment of underwriting commissions and offering expenses, were approximately $35,657,000.
As previously disclosed, in December 2003 our Board of Directors approved, and during the balance of fiscal 2004 we
implemented, a plan to dispose of our collectibles sales businesses. As a result, the consolidated selected financial data set out below
for the five years ended June 30, 2008 have been restated to classify the assets and related liabilities of those businesses as held for
sale and the related operating results as discontinued operations. In addition, in fiscal year 2006, discontinued operations also
included the operations of CTP, which was a business we acquired as part of another acquisition and which we sold in November
2005.
40
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
(In thousands, except per share data)
2008
2007
2006
2005
2004
Years Ended June 30,
Net revenues(1)
Cost of revenues
Gross profit(1) (2)
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Impairment losses(3)
Amortization of intangible assets
Operating income (loss)
Interest income, net
Other income (expense), net
Income (loss) before provision (benefit) for income
taxes
Provision (benefit) for income taxes(4)
Income (loss) from continuing operations
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of
gain
on sales of discontinued businesses (net of income
taxes)
Net income (loss)
Net income (loss) per basic share:
Income (loss) from continuing operations
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of
gain
on sales of discontinued businesses (net of income
taxes)
Net income (loss)
Net income (loss) per diluted share:
Income (loss) from continuing operations
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of
gain
on sales of discontinued businesses (net of income
taxes)
Net income (loss)
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic
Diluted
$
$
$
$
$
$
Cash dividends paid on common stock
Cash dividends paid per share of common stock
$
$
41,984 $
23,773
18,211
23,553
11,233
1,193
(17,768)
1,117
5
(16,646)
(1,016)
(15,630)
40,452 $
19,297
21,155
23,082
55
950
(2,932)
2,144
6
(782)
(39)
(743)
36,914 $
14,890
22,024
17,986
-
269
3,769
2,346
22
6,137
2,733
3,404
33,607 $
12,239
21,368
14,380
-
21
6,967
906
26
7,899
3,141
4,758
26,420
10,322
16,098
11,829
-
-
4,269
135
(25)
4,379
1,581
2,798
(2)
(15,632) $
228
(515) $
296
3,700 $
60
4,818 $
(1,068)
1,730
(1.85) $
(0.09) $
0.40 $
0.68 $
0.45
-
(1.85) $
0.03
(0.06) $
0.04
0.44 $
0.01
0.69 $
(0.17)
0.28
(1.85) $
(0.09) $
0.39 $
0.64 $
0.44
-
(1.85) $
8,450
8,450
8,517 $
1.00 $
0.03
(0.06) $
8,367
8,367
3,350 $
0.40 $
0.03
0.42 $
8,473
8,782
674 $
0.08 $
0.01
0.65 $
7,013
7,452
- $
- $
(0.17)
0.27
6,170
6,463
-
-
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents
Working capital - continuing operations
Working capital – discontinued operations
Goodwill and Intangibles – continuing
Total assets – continuing operations
Total assets – discontinued operations
Stockholders' equity
2008
2007
At June 30,
2006
(In thousands)
2005
2004
$
23,345 $
26,006
(9)
12,468
52,018
-
43,830
42,386 $
42,208
-
23,249
78,101
-
68,891
52,110 $
54,812
75
14,473
78,138
83
71,906
65,439 $
68,576
338
79
75,123
411
70,566
21,454
22,308
991
-
32,690
1,384
29,366
1. Revenues for FY2008 and 2007 include product revenues of $1,061,000 and $289,000, respectively. In years 2004 through 2006,
the level of product sales was less than $50,000 in each year. Product revenues represent the sale, primarily of coins, that are
purchased under our warranty policy and are not considered an integral part of our on-going revenue generating activities. The
gross profit on such product sales in fiscal year 2008 and 2007 was 7% and 34%, respectively.
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
2. The level of gross profit can vary depending upon the mix of revenues and other factors. See “Factors Affecting Our Gross Profit
Margins” and “Results of Operation-Gross Profit” under Item 7, Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations.
3. Aggregate impairment loss in 2008 of $11,233,000 consisting of $9,064,000, $1,860,000, $176,000 and $133,000 for goodwill,
intangible assets other than goodwill, property and equipment, and other assets, respectively, related to our jewelry division. See
note 2 to Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
4. The income tax benefit for fiscal year 2008 is net of a valuation allowance of $4,550,000. See note 2 to Consolidated Financial
Statements under Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
41
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with
the “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes, included elsewhere in
Part II of this Annual Report. This discussion also should be read in conjunction with the information in Item IA of Part I of this
Report, entitled “Risk Factors,” which contains information about certain risks and uncertainties that can affect our business and our
financial performance in the future.
Introduction and Overview
Our Business
Collectors Universe, Inc. (“we,” “us” or the “Company”) provides grading and authentication services to dealers and
collectors of high-value coins, sportscards, autographs, stamps, and vintage U.S. currency notes and to sellers and purchasers of
diamonds and colored gemstones. We believe that our authentication and grading services add value to these collectibles and to
diamonds and colored gemstones by enhancing their marketability and, thereby, providing increased liquidity to the dealers, collectors
and consumers that own, buy and sell them.
We generate revenues principally from the fees paid for our authentication and grading services. To a much lesser extent, we
generate revenues from: the sale of advertising on our websites; the sale of printed publications and collectibles price guides and
advertising in such publications; the sale of Collectors Club membership, subscriptions to our CCE dealer-to-dealer Internet bid-ask
market; for certified coins product revenues that we generate from sales primarily of coins that we purchase under our warranty
policy, and revenues that we generate from the collectibles trade show conventions that we conduct.
Recent Business Acquisitions. On July 14, 2005 we purchased, for an aggregate purchase price of $515,000, substantially all
the assets of CoinFacts.com, which operated an Internet website on which it published detailed proprietary information and history on
U.S. Coins.
On September 2, 2005 we acquired, for an aggregate purchase price of $2,377,000, the common stock of Certified Coin
Exchange (“CCE”), which operates a subscription-based dealer-to-dealer Internet bid-ask market for third party certified coins.
On November 8, 2005 we acquired Gem Certification & Appraisal Lab (“GCAL”), a gemological certification and grading
laboratory. As part of that transaction, we also acquired Diamond Profile Laboratory, Inc. (“DPL”), a scientific diamond light
performance analysis laboratory, and all publishing and other rights to “Palmieri’s Market Monitor,” an educational and informative
industry publication. We paid an aggregate acquisition price of $3,268,000 in cash for GCAL, DPL and the publishing and other
rights to Palmieri’s Market Monitor.
On December 22, 2005 we acquired the business and substantially all of the assets of Gemprint Corporation (“Gemprint”),
consisting primarily of a patented technology for non-invasive diamond identification which Gemprint uses to digitally capture the
unique refractive light pattern (or “Gemprint”) of each diamond that is processed with that technology. We paid an aggregate
purchase price for Gemprint’s business and assets of $8,583,000 in cash, assumed certain pre-acquisition liabilities and lease
commitments, and agreed to pay additional contingent purchase price of $1 for each diamond that we register using the Gemprint
process in excess of 100,000 registrations per year during the five year period ending December 22, 2010.
Effective July 1, 2006 we acquired, for an aggregate purchase price of $2,475,000 in cash, all of the outstanding ownership
interests of Expos Unlimited LLC (“Expos”), a California limited liability company engaged in the business of owning and conducting
collectibles trade shows and conventions. Depending on the future revenue performance of Expos, we may become obligated to make
contingent payments to the former owners of Expos up to an aggregate of $750,000 in July 2011. Expos owns and operates the Long
Beach Coin, Stamp & Collectibles Expo (“Long Beach”) and the Santa Clara Coin, Stamp & Collectibles Expo (“Santa Clara”), which
comprise, in total, five trade shows that are held annually.
42
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
On August 18, 2006, we acquired American Gemological Laboratories (“AGL”), an international colored gemstone
certification and grading laboratory. AGL is one of the leading third party authentication and grading services for colored gemstones,
including colored gemstones that are sold at auction through Sotheby’s and Christie’s and by jewelry retailers such as Cartier and Fred
Leighton. We paid an aggregate acquisition price of $3,947,000 in cash for AGL, and, depending on the future revenue performance
of AGL, we may become obligated to make payments of up to an aggregate of an additional $3,500,000 over the next five years.
The operating results of these acquired businesses have been consolidated into our operating results from the respective dates
of their acquisition
Discontinued Operations. As previously disclosed, in fiscal 2004 our Board of Directors authorized the divestiture of our
collectibles auctions and sales businesses. As a result, we sold our collectibles sales businesses during that year, but retained the
collectibles inventory and accounts receivable of those businesses, which have since been substantially liquidated. The activities
resulting from the divestiture of those businesses have been classified as discontinued operations and the discussion that follows
focuses almost entirely on our authentication and grading businesses, which comprise substantially all of our continuing operations.
Factors That Can Affect our Financial Position and Operating Results
Factors that Can Affect our Revenues. Our revenues are comprised of (i) fees generated by the authentication and grading of
high-value collectibles, and other high value assets consisting of diamonds and colored gemstones, and (ii) to a lesser extent, revenues
from sales of collectibles club memberships; advertising on our websites and in printed publications and collectibles price guides;
subscription-based revenues primarily related to our CCE dealer-to-dealer Internet bid-ask market for collectible coins certified by us;
fees earned from the management, operation and promotion of collectibles trade shows and conventions and revenues from sales of
products, which consist primarily of coins that we purchase under our warranty policy.
Our authentication and grading revenues accounted for approximately 81%, 84% and 90% of our total net revenues in the
fiscal years ended June 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The amounts of such revenues are primarily affected by (i) the volume
and mix, among coins and sportscards, on the one hand, and other collectibles and diamonds and colored gemstones, on the other
hand, of authentication and grading submissions; (ii) in the case of coins and sportscards, the “turn-around” times requested by our
customers, because we charge higher fees for faster service times, and (iii) the mix of authentication and grading submissions between
vintage or “classic” coins and sportscards, on the one hand, and modern coins and sportscards, on the other hand, because dealers
generally request faster turn-around times for vintage or classic coins and sportscards than they do for modern submissions, as vintage
or classic collectibles are of significantly higher value and are more saleable by dealers than modern coins and sportscards.
Six of our coin authentication and grading customers accounted, in the aggregate, for approximately 10% of our total net
revenues in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008. As a result, the loss of any of those customers, or a significant decrease in the volume
of grading submissions from any of them to us, would cause our net revenues to decline and, therefore, could adversely affect our
results of operations. Our revenues from these customers are also impacted by the level of submissions and revenue earned from
submissions at collectibles trade shows where we provide on-site grading and authentication services to show attendees who typically
request same-day turn-around. The level of submissions can vary depending upon a number of factors, including the timing of the
shows or short-term decisions made by dealers during shows. In addition, the level of our revenues can be impacted by short-term
changes in the price of gold that may occur around the time of the show, which can affect the volume of coin transactions from these
customers at the shows and which, in turn, can affect the volume of submissions to us for on-site grading and same-day turn-around.
Factors Affecting our Gross Profit Margins. The gross profit margins on authentication and grading submissions also are
primarily affected by (i) the volume and mix, among coins, sportscards and other collectibles and high value assets, of authentication
and grading submissions, because we generally realize higher margins on coin submissions than on submissions of other collectibles
and high-value assets; (ii) in the case of coins and sportscards, the “turn-around” times requested by our customers, because we charge
higher fees for faster service times, (iii) the mix of authentication and grading submissions between vintage or “classic” coins and
sportscards, on the one hand, and modern coins and sportscards, on the other hand, because dealers generally request faster
turn-around times for vintage or classic coins and sportscards than they do for modern submissions, and (iv) the stage of development
and the seasonality of our newly acquired businesses. Furthermore, because a significant proportion of our direct costs are fixed in
nature, our gross profit is also affected by the overall volume of collectibles authenticated and graded in any period.
43
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
Impact of Economic Conditions on Financial Performance. We generate substantially all of our revenues from the
collectibles and the diamond and colored gemstone markets. Accordingly, our operating results are affected by the financial
performance of those markets, which depends to a great extent on (i) discretionary consumer spending and, hence, on the availability
of disposable income, (ii) on other economic conditions, including prevailing interest and inflation rates, which affect consumer
confidence, and (iii) the performance and volatility of the gold and other precious metals markets and the stock markets. These
conditions primarily affect the volume of purchases and sales of collectibles which, in turn, affects the volume of authentication and
grading submissions to us, because our services facilitate commerce in collectibles. Accordingly, factors such as improving economic
conditions which usually result in increases in disposable income and consumer confidence, and volatility in and declines in the prices
of stocks and a weakening in the value of the U.S. Dollar, which often lead investors to increase their purchases of precious metals,
such as gold bullion and other coins and collectibles, usually result in increases in submissions of collectibles for our services. By
contrast, the volume of collectibles sales and purchases and, therefore, the volume of authentication and grading submissions, usually
decline during periods characterized by recessionary economic conditions and by declines in disposable income and consumer
confidence or by increasing stock prices and relative stability in the stock markets.
The following tables provide information regarding the respective number of coins, sportscards, autographs, currency,
diamonds and colored gemstones that we graded or authenticated in the fiscal years ended June 30, 2008, 2007, and 2006 and their
estimated values, which are the amounts at which those coins, sportscards and stamps and other high value assets were insured by the
dealers and collectors who submitted them to us for grading and authentication.
Coins
Sportscards
Autographs
Stamps
Currency
Diamonds(1)
Colored Gemstones(2)
Total
Coins
Sportscards
Autographs
Stamps
Currency
Diamonds(1)
Colored Gemstones(2)
Total
2008
1,474,900
1,329,500
199,600
53,000
59,200
30,000
4,700
3,150,900
2008
$ 1,327,000
90,000
26,000
25,000
45,000
225,000
93,000
$ 1,831,000
Units Processed
2007
2006
47% 1,558,700
42% 1,262,700
169,800
6%
66,200
2%
36,200
2%
25,000
1%
2,000
-
100% 3,120,600
50% 1,786,300
41% 1,200,300
179,700
5%
37,000
2%
28,800
1%
6,700
1%
-
-
100% 3,238,800
Declared Values (000)
2007
2006
73% $ 1,435,000
88,000
5%
24,000
2%
12,000
1%
32,000
2%
97,000
12%
62,000
5%
100% $ 1,750,000
82% $ 1,613,000
75,000
5%
15,000
1%
21,000
-
43,000
2%
27,000
6%
-
4%
100% $ 1,794,000
55%
37%
6%
1%
1%
-
-
100%
90%
4%
1%
1%
2%
2%
-
100%
1. We commenced the authentication and grading of diamonds in the second quarter of 2006 when we acquired GCAL and
Gemprint.
2. We commenced the authentication and grading of colored gemstones in the first quarter of 2007, when we acquired AGL.
44
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
Overview of Fiscal 2008 Operating Results
The following table set forth comparative financial data for the years ended June 30, 2008 and 2007.
Year Ended June 30, 2008
Year Ended June 30, 2007
Amount
Percent of
Revenues
Amount
Percent of
Revenues
2008 vs. 2007
Percent
Change
Net revenues
Cost of revenues
Gross profit
Selling and marketing expenses
General and administrative expenses
Impairment losses
Amortization of intangible assets
Operating loss
Interest income, net
Other income
Loss before benefit for income taxes
Benefit for income taxes
Loss from continuing operations
Income (loss) from discontinued
operations(1)
Net loss
Net loss per diluted share:
Loss from continuing operations
Income from discontinued operations(1)
Net loss
$
$
$
$
41,984
23,773
18,211
8,073
15,480
11,233
1,193
(17,768)
1,117
5
(16,646)
(1,016)
(15,630)
(2)
(15,632)
(1.85)
-
(1.85)
(Dollars in thousands)
40,452
19,297
21,155
7,497
15,585
55
950
(2,932)
2,144
6
(782)
(39)
(743)
100.0% $
56.6%
43.4%
19.2%
36.9%
26.8%
2.8%
(42.3)%
2.7%
-
(39.6)%
(2.4)%
(37.2)%
-
(37.2)% $
$
$
228
(515)
(0.09)
0.03
(0.06)
100.0%
47.7%
52.3%
18.5%
38.5%
0.2%
2.3%
(7.2)%
5.3%
-
(1.9)%
(0.1)%
(1.8)%
3.8%
23.2%
(13.9)%
7.7%
(0.7)%
(20,323.6)%
25.6%
(506.0)%
(47.9)%
(16.7)%
(2,028.6)%
(2,505.1)%
(2,003.6)%
0.5%
(1.3)%
(100.9)%
(2,935.3)%
(1,955.6)%
-
(2,983.3)%
(1) Net of gain on sales of discontinued businesses (net of income taxes).
As the above table indicates, we generated a 3.8% increase in net revenues in fiscal 2008, as compared to fiscal 2007
primarily as a result of increases in revenues from (i) our non-grading service businesses, including increased advertising revenues
earned on our coin and sportscards publications and increased revenues from our CFC financing activities (“other-related
businesses”), and (ii) sales of collectible coins purchased by us under our coin grading warranty policy. However, despite that
increase in net revenues, we incurred an operating loss of $17,768,000 in fiscal 2008, as compared to an operating loss of $2,932,000
in fiscal 2007, due primarily to:
���Increased operating losses of $13,140,000 incurred by our diamond and colored gemstones operations, including a
$1,907,000 increase in losses from on-going operations of those businesses and an impairment loss of approximately
$11,233,000 with respect to goodwill and other tangible and intangible assets. Such impairment losses reflected a fair
value determination of these two reporting units at June 30, 2008; and
���A $3,254,000 decrease in operating income generated by our coin grading business in fiscal 2008, as compared to fiscal
2007, which was due primarily to a decline in trade show revenues of approximately $1,500,000 in fiscal 2008, and higher
costs of sales, which included warranty costs of $822,000 recognized in the second quarter of fiscal 2008 as a result of
certain significant coin warranty claims.
Partially offsetting the operating losses attributable to the operations of our authentication and grading businesses was a net
improvement in the operating results of our other related businesses and a lower level of unallocated corporate costs. These, as well as
other factors affecting our operating results in the fiscal 2008 are described in more detail below.
45
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
General. In accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), we record
our assets at the lower of cost or fair value. In determining the fair value of certain of our assets, principally accounts and notes
receivable and inventories, we must make judgments, estimates and assumptions regarding circumstances or trends that could affect
the value of those assets, such as economic conditions or trends that could impact our ability to fully collect our accounts receivable or
realize the value of our inventories in future periods. Those judgments, estimates, and assumptions are based on current information
available to us at that time. Many of those conditions, trends and circumstances, however, are outside of our control and, if changes
were to occur in the events, trends or other circumstances on which our judgments or estimates were based, or other unanticipated
events were to happen that might affect our operations, we may be required under GAAP to adjust our earlier estimates. Changes in
such estimates may require that we reduce the carrying value of the affected assets on our balance sheet (which are commonly referred
to as “write-downs” of the assets involved).
It is our practice to establish reserves or allowances to record such downward adjustments or “write-downs” in the carrying
value of assets such as accounts and notes receivable and inventory. Such write-downs are recorded as charges to income or increases
in expense in our statement of operations in the periods when those reserves or allowances are established or increased to take account
of changed conditions or events. As a result, our judgments, estimates and assumptions about future events and changes in the
conditions, events or trends upon which those estimates and judgments were made, can and will affect not only the amounts at which
we record such assets on our balance sheet, but also our results of operations.
The decisions as to the timing of adjustments or write-downs of this nature also require subjective evaluations or assessments
about the effects and duration of events or changes in circumstances. For example, it is difficult to predict whether events or
conditions, such as increases in interest rates or economic slowdowns, will have short or longer term consequences for our business,
and it is not uncommon for it to take some time after the occurrence of an event or the onset of changes in economic circumstances for
the full effects of such events or changes to be recognized. Therefore, management makes such estimates based upon the information
available at that time and reevaluates and adjusts its reserves and allowances for potential write-downs on a quarterly basis.
During fiscal year 2006 and in the first quarter of fiscal year 2007, we acquired certain businesses and, in accordance with
GAAP, we accounted for those acquisitions using the purchase method of accounting. That accounting method required us to allocate
amounts paid for those businesses in excess of the fair value of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed, and to classify that
excess as goodwill. In accordance with GAAP, we evaluate goodwill for impairment at least annually or more frequently if we
believe that goodwill has been impaired in the interim due to changing facts or events (see “Goodwill” below). Other intangible assets
that are separable from goodwill and have definite lives are subject to amortization over their remaining useful lives (see “Long-Lived
Assets Other Than Goodwill” below). Indefinite-lived intangible assets are subject to on-going evaluation for
impairment. Management formally evaluates the carrying value of its goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets for
impairment on the anniversary date of each of the business acquisitions that gave rise to the recording of such assets. In the event it
was determined, from any such impairment analysis, that the estimated fair value of any such assets had declined below their carrying
value, we would be required to recognize an impairment charge that would have the effect of reducing our income in the period when
that charge was recognized.
In making our estimates and assumptions, we follow GAAP in order to enable us to make fair and consistent estimates of the
fair value of assets and to establish adequate reserves or allowances for possible write-downs in the carrying values of our assets.
Set forth below is a summary of the accounting policies and critical estimates that we believe are material to an
understanding of our financial condition and results of operations.
Revenue Recognition Policies. We generally record revenue at the time of shipment of the authenticated and graded
collectible or high-value assets to the customer. Due to the insignificant delay between the completion of our grading and
authentication services and the shipment of the collectible or high-value asset back to the customer, the time of shipment corresponds
to the completion of our services. Many of our authentication and grading customers prepay our authentication and grading fees when
they submit their collectible items to us for authentication and grading. We record those prepayments as deferred revenue until their
graded collectibles are shipped back to them and our revenue generating activities are complete. At that time, we record the revenues
from the authentication and grading services we have performed for the customer and deduct this amount from deferred revenue. For
certain dealers to whom we extend open account privileges, we record revenue at the time of shipment of the authenticated and graded
collectible to the dealer as there is no uncertainty surrounding the collection of receivables from these customers.
46
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
With respect to our Expos trade show business, we recognize revenue generated by the promotion, management and
operation of collectibles conventions and trade shows in the periods in which the shows take place, which corresponds with the
revenue generating activities being complete.
A portion of our net revenues is comprised of subscription fees paid by customers for memberships in our Collectors
Club. Those memberships entitle members to access our on-line and printed publications and, sometimes also to vouchers for free
grading services from us. We record revenue for this multi-element service arrangement in accordance with EITF 00-21, Accounting
for Revenue Arrangements With Multiple Deliverables, by recognizing approximately 60% of the subscription fee in the month
following the membership purchase, on the basis that Collectors Club members typically utilize their vouchers for free grading
services within 30 days of subscribing for memberships. We review this estimate at least semi-annually by recalculating the
percentage based on the relative values of the various elements in the Collectors Club offering and determining the appropriate
percentage to attribute to the grading services and the remaining subscription. Our estimates have proven to be consistently around
60% on an on-going basis. The balance of the membership fee is recognized as revenue over the life of the membership, which can
range from one to two years.
We recognize product sales when items are shipped and all the requirements of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, Revenue
Recognition, issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), have been satisfied. Product revenues sold consist
primarily of collectible coins that we purchased pursuant to our coin authentication and grading warranty program and are not
considered an integral part of the Company’s on-going revenue generating activities.
Accounts Receivable, Notes Receivable and the Allowance for Doubtful Accounts. In the normal course of our authentication
and grading business, we extend payment terms to many of the larger, more creditworthy dealers or distributors who submit
collectibles or diamonds or colored gemstones to us for authentication and grading on a recurring basis. In addition, primarily in
connection with our coin dealer financing programs, we make advances or extend credit under notes receivable arrangements. We
regularly review our accounts and notes receivable, estimate the amount of, and establish an allowance for, uncollectible amounts in
each quarterly period. The amount of that allowance is based on several factors, including the age and extent of significant past due
amounts, and in the case of notes receivable, the current value of the collateral we hold as security for the payment obligations under
the notes receivable, and known conditions or trends that may affect the ability of account debtors or note obligors to pay their
accounts or notes receivable balances. Each quarter we review estimates of uncollectible amounts and such economic or other
conditions or trends in order to enable us to determine whether or not to adjust the amount of the allowance. For example, if the
financial condition of certain dealers or economic conditions were to deteriorate, adversely affecting their ability to make payments on
their accounts or notes, increases in the allowance may be required. Since the allowance is created by recording a charge against
income that is reflected in general and administrative expenses, an increase in the allowance will cause a decline in our operating
results in the period when the increase is recorded.
Inventory Valuation Reserve. Our collectibles inventories are valued at the lower of cost or fair value and have been reduced
by an inventory valuation allowance to provide for potential declines in the value of those inventories. The amount of the allowance is
determined and is periodically adjusted on the basis of market knowledge, historical experience and estimates concerning future
economic conditions or trends that may impact the sale value of the collectibles inventories. Additionally, due to the relative
uniqueness of some of the collectibles included in our collectibles inventory, valuation of such collectibles often involves judgments
that are more subjective than those that are required when determining the market values of more standardized products due to
volatility in the price of precious metal, the condition of the collectible and any specific features of the individual collectible. We
review the market values of the collectible on a quarterly basis. Ultimately, we recognize a profit or loss on the actual sale of the
collectible relative to its most recent inventory carrying value. Our estimates of market values have proven to be reasonably accurate
in the past.
47
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
If there were to be an economic downturn or there were to occur other events or circumstances that are likely to make it more
difficult to sell, or that would lead us to reduce the sales prices of, those collectibles, it may become necessary to increase the
reserve. Increases in this reserve will cause a decline in operating results, because such increases are recorded by charges against
income.
Grading Warranty Costs. We offer a limited warranty covering the coins, sportscards, stamps and currency that we
authenticate and grade. Under the warranty, if any such collectible that was previously authenticated and graded by us is later
submitted to us for re-grading and either (i) receives a lower grade upon resubmittal or (ii) is determined not to have been authentic,
we will offer to purchase the collectible or, at our option, pay the difference in value of the item at its original grade as compared with
its lower grade. However this warranty is voided if the collectible, upon resubmittal to us, is not in the same tamper-resistant holder in
which it was placed at the time we last graded the item. If we purchase an item under a warranty claim we recognize, as a reduction in
our warranty reserve, the difference in value of the item at its original grade and its re-graded estimated value. We include the
purchased item in our inventory at the re-graded estimated value of the item. We offer a similar limited warranty of two years’
duration on the diamonds we grade. We accrue for estimated warranty costs based on historical trends and related
experience. Through September 30, 2007, our warranty reserves had proved to be adequate. However, certain warranty claims were
received by us in the second quarter and early in third quarter of fiscal 2008 that were significant in relation to our historical claims
experience and, as a result, we recognized, in the second quarter of 2008, an additional expense of $822,000 for those claims. We also
decided to increase our warranty accrual rate, effective January 1, 2008, to reflect this higher warranty claims experience, and we will
continue to monitor the adequacy of our warranty reserves on an on-going basis. If warranty claims were to increase in relation to
historical trends and experience, management would be required to increase the warranty reserves and incur additional charges that
would have the effect of reducing income in those periods during which the warranty reserve is increased.
Long-Lived Assets Other Than Goodwill. We regularly conduct reviews of property and equipment and other long-lived
assets other than goodwill, including certain identifiable intangibles, for possible impairment. Such reviews occur annually or more
frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable in full. In order to
determine if the value of a definite-lived asset is impaired, we make an estimate of the future undiscounted cash flows expected to
result from the use of that asset and its eventual disposition in order to determine if an impairment loss has occurred. If the projected
undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recorded to write down the asset to its
estimated fair value. Based on such reviews, we determined that impairment losses occurred in fiscal year 2008 in the amounts of
approximately $176,000 for property and equipment, $1,860,000 for intangible assets other than goodwill, and $133,000 for other
assets in relation to our jewelry businesses. During fiscal year 2007, we recorded impairment losses of $25,000 for equipment, and
$16,000 for intangible assets in relation to our jewelry businesses and $14,000 in equipment unrelated to our jewelry businesses.
Because the Company has incurred significant operating losses in its jewelry reporting units since the acquisitions of these businesses
and has recognized impairment losses at June 30, 2008, management intends to closely monitor the performance and future prospects
of these units for further impairment. Due to the early stage of the jewelry businesses, significant risk and uncertainty exists around
estimating the level and timing of future revenues of these businesses. Such estimates of revenue will significantly impact the
expected level of future cash flows from those businesses, which is used in determining whether the fair value of those businesses are
less than the carrying amount of the assets of those businesses. It is possible that the Company may need to record additional
impairment losses as a result of testing these or other units for impairment during the annual impairment tests or on an interim basis if
a triggering event occurs.
Goodwill. We test the carrying value of goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets on a formal basis at least
annually on their respective acquisition anniversary dates, or more frequently if indicators of impairment are determined to exist. We
apply a discounted cash flow model or an income approach to determining a fair value that is used to estimate the fair value of the
reporting unit on a total basis, which is then compared to the carrying value of the reporting unit. If the fair value of the reporting unit
exceeds the carrying value of the reporting unit, no impairment of goodwill exists as of the measurement date. If the fair value is less
than the carrying value, then there is the possibility of goodwill impairment and further testing and remeasurement of goodwill is
required. In accordance with GAAP, we consider the diamond and colored gemstone grading businesses as separate reporting units for
the purpose of testing separately for the impairment of goodwill. As a result of the occurrence of losses in prior fiscal periods in our
jewelry reporting units and the uncertainty of the timing of future revenues and related cash flows, we concluded during the fourth
quarter of 2008 that such indicators of impairment did exist in our diamond and colored gemstone grading reporting units at June 30,
2008, which resulted in impairment losses related to goodwill recorded on the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the fiscal
year ended June 30, 2008 in the amounts of approximately $7,267,000 for the diamond grading reporting unit and approximately
$1,797,000 for the colored gemstone reporting unit. Because the Company has incurred significant operating losses in its jewelry
reporting units since the acquisitions of these businesses and has recognized impairment losses at June 30, 2008, management intends
to closely monitor the performance and future prospects of these units for further impairment. Due to the early stage of the jewelry
businesses, significant risk and uncertainty exists around estimating the level and timing of future revenues of these businesses. Such
estimates of revenue will significantly impact the expected level of future cash flows from those businesses, which is used in
determining whether the fair value of those businesses are less than the carrying amount of the assets of those businesses. It is
possible that the Company may need to record additional impairment losses as a result of testing these or other units for impairment
during the annual impairment tests or on an interim basis if a triggering event occurs.
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
48
Stock-Based Compensation. We recognize share-based compensation expense based on the fair value recognition provision
of SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment, using the Black-Scholes option valuation method. Under that method, assumptions are
made with respect to the expected lives of the options or other stock awards granted, the expected volatility of the Company’s stock,
dividend yield percentage and the risk-free interest rate at the date of grant. In addition, under SFAS No. 123(R), we recognize and
report share-based compensation expense net of an estimated forfeiture rate that we expect will occur over the vesting period of the
stock awards, which we estimate on the basis of historical forfeiture experience or other factors that could affect the likelihood of
forfeiture. Due to the smaller number of stock awards granted to fewer employees since the Company adopted SFAS No. 123R, and
the cumulative nature of any adjustment arising from a change in the forfeiture rate, we monitor the forfeiture rate very closely, to
ensure that all stock awards that vest are fully expensed at the time the vesting occurs. Once we determine the compensation expense
of a stock award, that expense is recognized in our consolidated statements of operations over its vesting period using the straight-line
attribution method. During fiscal 2007 and 2008, we issued restricted shares to outside members of the Board of Directors and to our
CEO and, accordingly, we recognize stock-based compensation over the vesting period of such restricted shares, based upon the
closing stock prices of the shares on their respective dates of the grant, net of an estimated forfeiture rate.
Capitalized Software. In fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006, we capitalized approximately $1,436,000, $1,483,000 and
$421,000, respectively, of software development costs related to a number of in-house software development projects, in accordance
with Statement of Position (“SOP”) 98-1, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal
Use. SOP 98-1 requires that certain costs incurred, either from internal or external sources, be capitalized as part of intangible assets
and amortized on a straight-line basis over the useful life of the software, which be believe is conservatively estimated at three
years. Planning, training, support and maintenance costs incurred either prior to or following the implementation phase are recognized
as expense in the period in which they are incurred. During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006, we recorded
approximately $591,000, $193,000 and $11,000, respectively, as amortization expense related to such capitalized software
projects. We evaluate the carrying values of capitalized software to determine if the carrying values are impaired, and, if necessary,
an impairment charge is recorded in the period in which an impairment occurs.
Income Taxes and Deferred Tax Assets. We account for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for
Income Taxes and FASB Interpretation 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes – An Interpretation of FASB Statement No.
109 (“FIN48”). SFAS No. 109 requires the recording of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future consequences of events that
have been recognized in the Company’s financial statements or tax returns. Measurement of the deferred items is based on enacted
tax laws. In the event the future consequences of differences between financial reporting bases and tax bases of the Company’s assets
or liabilities result in a deferred tax asset, SFAS No. 109 requires that we evaluate the probability of realizing the future benefits
comprising that asset and we review the nature, the expected timing of the realization of these assets and the expiration dates for net
operating losses or credits, when determining the likelihood of realization. The company has gross deferred tax assets of $5,967,000
at June 30, 2008. The deferred tax assets include tax deductions that will arise in future years for the impairment losses recognized at
June 30, 2008. Also included in the deferred tax assets at June 30, 2008 are $2,275,000 of net operating losses which expire no later
than 2027 and $908,000 of California Enterprise Zone Credits, which can be carried forward indefinitely. Realization of such deferred
tax assets is dependent on generating sufficient taxable income in future periods. Utilization of the net operating losses requires the
Company to generate sufficient taxable income before their expiration. The California Enterprise Zone Credits will only be utilized if
taxable income is generated in the Enterprise Zone. Due to the length of time and the extent of the taxable income required to fully
realize the deferred tax assets related to the impairment loss and the California Enterprise Zone Credits, the Company recorded a
valuation allowance of $4,550,000 against such assets at June 30, 2008. The remaining net deferred tax asset of $1,395,000 has been
determined by management to be more likely than not realizable at June 30, 2008 based upon projections of future taxable income.
49
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in tax positions and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement
attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return and, in
addition, requires us to disclose our policy for the classification of interest and penalties in our statements of operations. FIN 48
requires that we adjust our financial statements to reflect only tax positions which we believe are more-likely-than-not to be sustained
on audit, based on the technical merits of the positions. FIN 48 requires that any necessary adjustment be recorded directly to the
beginning balance of retained earnings or accumulated deficit in the period of adoption of FIN 48 and reported as a change in
accounting principle, if material. During the first quarter of fiscal 2008, the cumulative effects of applying FIN 48 were recorded as
an increase of $170,000 to accumulated deficit, an increase to income taxes payable of $279,000 and a decrease in deferred tax
liabilities of $109,000. Interest and penalties totaled $101,000 as of July 1, 2007, the date of the adoption of FIN 48, and were
accounted for as part of the total adjustment to accumulated deficit of $170,000. During fiscal year 2008, which followed the adoption
of FIN 48, we recorded approximately $13,000 in interest and penalties as components of income tax expense.
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth certain financial data, expressed as a percentage of net revenues, derived from our
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the respective periods indicated below:
Net revenues
Cost of revenues
Gross profit
Operating expenses:
Selling and marketing expenses
General & administrative expenses
Impairment losses
Amortization of intangible assets
Total operating expenses
Operating income (loss)
Interest income, net
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
Income (loss) from continuing operations
Income from discontinued operations, net of gain on sales of
discontinued businesses (net of income taxes)
Net income (loss)
Fiscal Years Ended June 30,
2008
100.0%
56.6%
43.4%
19.2%
36.9%
26.8%
2.8%
85.7%
(42.3)%
2.7%
(39.6)%
(2.4)%
(37.2)%
-
(37.2)%
2007
100.0%
47.7%
52.3%
18.5%
38.5%
0.2%
2.3%
59.5%
(7.2)%
5.3%
(1.9)%
(0.1)%
(1.8)%
0.5%
(1.3)%
2006
100.0%
40.3%
59.7%
13.4%
35.4%
-
0.7%
49.5%
10.2%
6.4%
16.6%
7.4%
9.2%
0.8%
10.0%
Net Revenues. Net revenues consist primarily of fees that we generate from the authentication and grading of high-value
collectibles, including coins, sportscards, autographs, stamps and currency, and high-value assets consisting of diamonds and colored
gemstones. To a lesser extent, we generate collectibles related service revenues (referred to as “other related revenues”) from sales of
collectibles club memberships and advertising on our websites and in printed publications and collectibles price guides;
subscription-based revenues primarily related to our CCE dealer-to-dealer Internet bid-ask market for coins authenticated and graded
by us; and fees earned from promoting, managing and operating collectibles conventions. Net revenues also include, to a significantly
lesser extent, revenues from the sales of products, consisting primarily of coins that we purchase under our warranty policy. Revenues
from product sales are not considered an integral part of our on-going revenue generating activities. In the year ended June 30, 2006,
such sales accounted for less than $50,000 of our net revenues. However, product sales generated revenues of $1,061,000, or 2.5%,
and $289,000, or 0.7%, of our total net revenues in fiscal 2008 and 2007, respectively.
50
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
The following tables set forth our total net revenues for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006, broken out
between grading and authentication services and other related products and services, respectively:
2008
2007
2008 vs. 2007
Increase (Decrease)
Amount
% of Net
Revenues
Amount
% of Net
Revenues
Amount
% of Net
Revenues
(Dollars in thousands)
Grading and authentication
fees
Other related products and
services
Total net revenues
$
$
33,897
80.7% $
34,003
84.1% $
(106)
8,087
41,984
19.3%
100.0% $
6,449
40,452
15.9%
100.0% $
1,638
1,532
(0.3)%
25.4%
3.8%
2007
2006
2007 vs. 2006
Increase (Decrease)
Amount
% of Net
Revenues
Amount
% of Net
Revenues
Amount
% of Net
Revenues
(Dollars in thousands)
Grading and authentication
fees
Other related services
Total net revenues
$
$
34,003
6,449
40,452
84.1% $
15.9%
100.0% $
33,221
3,693
36,914
90.0% $
10.0%
100.0% $
782
2,756
3,538
2.4%
74.6%
9.6%
The following tables set forth certain information regarding the increases or decreases in (i) net revenues from the
authentication and grading of collectible coins and sportscards, which are the two largest markets for our services, and (ii) net
revenues from our other businesses, which include the authentication and grading of other collectibles and diamonds and colored
gemstones. The other-related services and product sales for each business are included in the revenues of that business.
2008
2007
% of Net
Amount Revenues
% of Net
Amount Revenues
(Dollars in thousands)
2008 vs. 2007
Increase (Decrease)
Revenues
Amounts Percent
Units Processed
Number
Percent
Coins
Sportscards
Other (1)
$
$
22,925
8,982
10,077
41,984
54.6% $
21.4%
24.0%
100.0% $
23,317
8,797
8,338
40,452
57.6% $
21.8%
20.6%
100.0% $
(392)
185
1,739
1,532
(1.7)%
2.1%
20.9%
3.8%
(83,800)
66,800
47,300
30,300
(5.4)%
5.3%
15.8%
1.0%
2007
2006
% of Net
Amount Revenues
% of Net
Amount Revenues
(Dollars in thousands)
2007 vs. 2006
Increase (Decrease)
Revenues
Amounts Percent
Units Processed
Number
Percent
Coins
Sportscards
Other (1)
$
$
23,317
8,797
8,338
40,452
57.6% $
21.8%
20.6%
100.0% $
23,829
8,461
4,624
36,914
64.6% $
22.9%
12.5%
100.0% $
(512)
336
3,714
3,538
(2.1)%
4.0%
80.3%
9.6%
(227,600)
62,400
47,000
(118,200)
(12.7)%
5.2%
18.6%
(3.6)%
(1) Consists of revenues from the authentication and grading of autographs, stamps, currency businesses and our CFC dealer
financing business during all periods presented. Also includes revenues from (i) the CCE subscription business from September
2, 2005, (ii) the authentication and grading of diamonds from November 2005, when we completed our acquisition of GCAL,
(iii) the collectibles convention business from July 2006, when we completed our acquisition of Expos, and (iv) the authentication
and grading of colored gemstones from August 2006, when we completed our acquisition of AGL.
Fiscal 2008 vs. 2007. Our net revenues increased by $1,532,000, or 3.8%, in fiscal year 2008 to $41,984,000 from
$40,452,000 in fiscal year 2007. That increase was due primarily to net revenue increases of $866,000, or 14%, generated by our
other-related services, and $772,000 generated by product sales, partially offset by a $106,000, or 0.3%, decrease in grading and
authentication service fees. As discussed above, product revenues represent the sale, primarily of coins that are purchased under our
warranty policy and, as such, are not considered an integral part of our primary revenue generating activities. Therefore, excluding
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
product revenues, total service revenues increased by 1.9% in fiscal 2008, compared to 2007.
51
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
The $866,000 increase in other-related service revenues in fiscal 2008, compared with fiscal 2007, was primarily the result of
increased advertising revenues earned on the Company’s coin and sportscards publications and increased revenues in our CFC
financing business.
The decrease of $106,000 in grading and authentication fees in fiscal 2008, compared to fiscal 2007, was comprised
primarily of a decrease of $1,318,000 or 6% in coin grading and authentications fees, which was substantially, but not fully, offset by
a $1,228,000, or 25%, increase in fees generated by our other grading and authentication businesses, other than sportscard grading, the
fees from which were essentially unchanged in 2008 from 2007. The decrease in coin grading revenues in 2008 was primarily
attributable to a $1,500,000 decrease in coin trade show revenues, as a result of (i) our attending two fewer collectibles trade shows in
fiscal 2008 than in fiscal 2007, and (ii) a decrease in grading submissions at the trade shows we attended in the second half of
2008. We believe the high price of gold and the adverse effect this increase had on the volume of gold coins submissions at trade
shows in the second half of the year was due to limited capital and borrowing capacity in the market to absorb the higher price of gold
coins and dealers avoiding the relatively higher cost of submissions at trade shows as compared with our other services. On the other
hand, vintage coins grading revenues, on which we usually generate higher revenues due primarily to faster turn-around times
requested by submitters, increased by 6% in fiscal 2008, compared with fiscal 2007; however, that increase was largely offset by a 6%
decrease in modern coin grading revenues in fiscal 2008.
Fiscal 2007 vs. 2006. Revenues increased by $3,538,000 or 9.6% to $40,452,000 in fiscal year 2007, compared to
$36,914,000 in fiscal year 2006. This increase was attributable primarily to (i) an increase of approximately $2,756,000, or 74.6%, in
net revenues generated primarily by the other (non-grading) related services, attributable primarily to businesses we acquired in the
fiscal year 2006 and first three months of fiscal 2007, and (ii) an increase of approximately $782,000, or 2.4%, in grading and
authentication revenues. The increase in grading and authentication revenues was largely attributable to increases in the volume of
submissions of sportscards, other collectibles and diamonds and colored gemstones, which more than offset a decline in coin
authentication and grading revenues. Approximately $2,200,000 of the increase in our fiscal 2007 revenues was generated by the
collectibles convention business and our colored gemstone grading business, AGL, both of which we acquired in the first three months
of fiscal 2007. Excluding the contribution made by those two businesses, revenues grew by 3.6% in 2007 as compared to fiscal 2006.
The 74.6% increase in revenues generated by our other (non-grading) related service businesses in 2007, as compared to
fiscal 2006, was primarily attributable to (i) increased sales of Collectors Club memberships and CCE subscriptions, (ii) an increase in
interest earned as a result of an increase in the average amount of loans outstanding to dealers under our dealer finance program, and
(iii) revenues generated by our collectibles convention business that we acquired at the beginning of fiscal 2007.
The 2.4% increase in grading and authentication revenues was driven by a 6.4% increase in the average service price per unit
for our grading and authentication businesses, compared to the prior fiscal year, offset by a 3.6% decrease in total units graded. Coin
grading revenues decreased by 4.3% and the number of units graded decreased by 12.7%, primarily driven by (i) a $1,660,000
decrease in show and invitational revenues (ii) a net $170,000 decrease in revenue attributable to a decrease in First Strike/Bulk units
graded, partially offset by an increase in the average service fees earned on those units; and (iii) a $880,000 increase in revenue due to
an increase in the volume of vintage collectibles submissions. We believe the reduction in the First Strike submissions was due to a
number of factors, including a dispute related to PCGS’ trademarked First Strike designation, which was subsequently resolved.
For sportscards, the 5.3% increase in the number of units graded was partially offset by a 14.9% decrease in advertising
revenue, resulting in a 4.0% increase in net revenues.
A 18.6% increase in units graded and authenticated for other collectibles and diamonds and colored gemstones resulted in a
35.5% increase in the grading and authentication revenues generated by those businesses in 2007, as compared to 2006, primarily
driven by increases in the volume of diamond and stamp grading submissions, as well as the contribution to our revenues of our
colored gemstone authentication and grading business, which we acquired in August of 2006.
52
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
Gross Profit
Gross profit is calculated by subtracting the cost of revenues from net revenues. Gross profit margin is gross profit stated as
a percent of net revenues. The costs of authentication and grading revenues consist primarily of labor to authenticate and grade
collectibles, production costs, credit card fees, warranty expense, occupancy, security, depreciation, amortization and insurance costs
that directly relate to providing authentication and grading services. Cost of revenues also includes printing, other direct costs of the
revenues generated by our other non-grading services and the costs of product revenues, which represent the carrying value of the
inventory of products (primarily collectible coins) that we sold. In addition, costs of revenues include stock-based compensation
attributable to employees whose compensation is classified as part of the costs of authentication and grading revenues.
Set forth below is information regarding our gross profits in the fiscal years ended June 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006.
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
(Dollars in thousands)
2007
2008
2006
Gross profit
Gross profit margin
$
18,211
$
43.4%
21,155
$
52.3%
22,024
59.7%
Fiscal 2008 vs. 2007. As indicated in the above table, our total gross profit margin declined from 52.3% in fiscal 2007 to 43.4%
in fiscal 2008. Excluding gross profit on revenues generated by product sales, which are not an integral part of our core revenue
generating activities, the gross profit margin for grading and authentication and other related services in 2008 was 44.2%, compared
with 52.4% for 2007.
In the case of our coin business, that decline reflects (i) the decrease in the number of coins graded in 2008, compared to
2007, and a change in the mix of coin services rendered to a higher proportion of lower margin submissions which resulted in a small
reduction in the average service fee earned on coins in fiscal 2008; (ii) the $822,000 increase in warranty costs recognized in the
second quarter of fiscal 2008 as a result of the increase in the dollar amount of warranty claims described above; and (iii) an increase
in personnel, travel, printing, and on-going warranty costs in support of our coin grading activities.
The decline in gross profit margins in our diamond business were primarily attributable to higher salaries and fixed costs due
to our occupancy of a larger facility to provide increased grading capacity.
The decline in gross profit margins in our colored gemstone grading business, which we acquired in August, 2006, was
primarily due to the addition of personnel to increase our grading capacity, as we focused attention on growing our colored gemstone
grading business and launching additional colored gemstone grading services.
2007 vs. 2006. The decline in our gross profit margin to 52.3% in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, from 59.7% in fiscal
2006, was attributable to a number of different factors, including the following: (i) a decline in the gross margin on coin authentication
and grading, due primarily to an increase in costs resulting from the addition of new coin grading capacity in anticipation of increased
volumes of submissions and to reduce the turnaround times within which coins are authenticated and graded; (ii) a decline in the gross
margin realized on sportscard authentication and grading services, due primarily to a decrease in sportscard related advertising
revenues and higher production costs incurred due to a change in the mix of sportscard units graded in 2007 as compared to 2006;
(iii) a change in the mix of our authentication and grading revenues to a lower proportion of coin authentication and grading revenues,
on which we have historically realized higher margins than on the authentication and grading of other collectibles, as coin revenues
represented approximately 58% of total net revenues in the fiscal 2007, compared to approximately 65% of total net revenues in fiscal
2006; and (iv) the early stage of our diamond and colored gemstone grading businesses as we increased our diamond grading capacity
in anticipation of increased revenues in future periods. The decline was partially offset by a $108,000 decrease in the stock-based
compensation costs classified as cost of revenues in fiscal 2007, from $302,000 in fiscal 2006.
53
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
Selling and Marketing Expenses
Selling and marketing expenses are comprised primarily of advertising and promotions costs, trade-show related expenses,
customer service personnel costs, depreciation and third party consulting costs.
Selling and marketing expenses
As a percentage of net revenues
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
(Dollars in thousands)
2007
2008
2006
$
$
8,073
19.2%
$
7,497
18.5%
4,918
13.4%
Fiscal 2008 vs. 2007. The $576,000 increase in selling and marketing expenses in fiscal 2008 compared with fiscal 2007 was
primarily attributable to (i) an increase of $390,000 in such expenses related to business development activities primarily by our
collectibles grading and subscription divisions, which included increased participation at trade shows by other non-coin grading
divisions; and (ii) an increase of $165,000 in sales and marketing expense to foster brand awareness and to attract increased
submissions for our diamond and colored gemstone businesses. Increases in sales and marketing expenses for our diamond and
colored gemstone businesses were incurred in the first and second quarters of our fiscal year which coincide with the traditional
holiday buying season in those markets. In the second half of our fiscal year, sales and marketing costs for our diamond and colored
gemstone businesses decreased by approximately $600,000 compared to the same six-month period of the prior year, as we transition
from our branding and awareness marketing campaigns to a more units driven marketing approach.
2007 vs. 2006. The increases in selling and marketing expenses of $2,579,000 in absolute dollars and 5.1% as a percentage
of net revenues, in fiscal 2007, compared to the prior fiscal year, were primarily attributable to (i) an increase of approximately
$1,863,000 in sales and marketing costs to market and promote our new businesses, including our diamond grading business (which
we acquired in November 2005), our colored gemstone grading business (which we acquired in August 2006), and our CCE
subscription business (which we acquired in September 2005); (ii) a $339,000 increase in sales and marketing costs primarily to
promote our coin and sportscard authentication and grading services at trade shows (including an increase in the number of trade
shows attended) and in other channels; and (iii) increases in general marketing costs, including an increase in marketing-related
compensation costs attributable to the hiring, in November 2006, of a chief marketing officer for our diamond and colored
gemstone businesses.
General and Administrative Expenses
General and administrative (“G&A”) expenses are comprised primarily of compensation paid to general and administrative
personnel, including executive management, finance and accounting, information technology personnel, facilities management costs
depreciation, amortization and other miscellaneous expenses. G&A expenses also include stock-based compensation costs arising
from the grant of stock awards to general and administrative personnel, in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R).
General & administrative expenses
As a percentage of net revenues
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
(Dollars in thousands)
2007
2008
2006
$
15,480
$
36.9%
15,585
$
38.5%
13,068
35.4%
Fiscal 2008 vs. 2007. G&A expenses at $15,480,000 in fiscal 2008 were essentially unchanged from the $15,585,000 in
2007. In fiscal 2008 we incurred higher costs in our colored gemstone business of approximately $320,000 reflecting our ownership
of that business for the entire year in 2008 compared with ten and a half months in fiscal 2007, and increased infrastructure costs
incurred to support the growth of that business. In addition, we incurred a $205,000 increase in G&A related stock-based
compensation costs in 2008, as compared to 2007, due primarily to restricted stock awards granted to our CEO and our outside
(non-management) directors in 2007 and 2008. We also invested in additional accounting and information technology personnel of
approximately $150,000 to support the Company’s expanded businesses. These increased costs were offset by savings in legal,
professional and outside services costs compared to fiscal 2007.
2007 vs. 2006. The increase in G&A expenses of $2,517,000 in fiscal 2007, compared to prior fiscal year, was primarily
attributable to (i) expenses, totaling approximately $1,723,000, incurred in connection with initiatives to grow our then recently
acquired diamond, colored gemstone, and trade show businesses; (ii) increased costs of approximately $560,000, to upgrade and
expand our internal systems to support an increased volume of business and our entry into new markets; and (iii) increased business
development costs of
54
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
approximately $300,000, incurred in connection with our coin authentication and grading business. Such cost increases were partially
offset by a reduction in litigation-related costs in fiscal 2007, compared to the same periods of fiscal 2006, during which we incurred
legal fees and expenses in connection with the Miller trial. Stock-based compensation costs (including $164,000 of amortization
expense related to restricted stock awards) included in general and administrative expenses for fiscal 2007 were $688,000, compared
with $367,000 for fiscal 2006.
Impairment Losses
Impairment losses
As a percentage of net revenues
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
(Dollars in thousands)
2007
2008
2006
$
11,233
$
26.8%
55
$
0.2%
-
0.0%
The increase in impairment losses in fiscal 2008 as compared to fiscal 2007 is due to the impairment of goodwill, intangible assets,
equipment and other assets in our diamond and colored gemstone grading businesses. During fiscal 2008, approximately $9,064,000,
$1,860,000, $176,000 and $133,000 were recorded as impairment losses for goodwill, other intangible assets, equipment and other
assets, respectively. In fiscal year 2007, we recorded impairment losses of $25,000 for equipment and $16,000 for intangible assets in
relation to our jewelry businesses and $14,000 unrelated to our jewelry businesses. The fiscal 2008 impairments were the result of past
losses and the uncertainty of the timing and magnitude of future revenues and related cash flows that are used in the determination of
fair value. Under circumstances in which the fair values of long-lived assets and goodwill are not recoverable on the basis of future
cash flows, we record impairment losses such that the carrying values of these assets reflect their current estimate of fair values.
Amortization of Intangible Assets
Amortization expense
As a percentage of net revenues
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
(Dollars in thousands)
2007
2008
2006
$
1,193
$
2.8%
$
950
2.3%
269
0.7%
The increase in the amortization expense of $243,000 in fiscal 2008, compared to fiscal 2007, related to the amortization of
capitalized software costs for which amortization commences as development projects are completed. In addition, we also incur
amortization costs in connection with the intangible assets acquired in business acquisitions that occurred during fiscal 2006 through
the first quarter of fiscal 2007. Capitalized software costs and acquired intangible assets are being amortized over their estimated
useful lives as described in note 2 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.
Stock-Based Compensation
We recognized stock-based compensation (which includes compensations costs related to the issuance of restricted stock and
stock option grants) of $1,225,000, $890,000 and $670,000 during fiscal 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Stock-based
compensation is recorded as part of (i) costs of sales, in the case of stock awards granted to employees whose costs are classified as
cost of revenues, (ii) selling and marketing expenses in the case of stock awards granted to marketing and sales personnel and
(iii) general and administrative expenses in the case of stock awards granted to directors, executive and financial management and
administrative personnel, as follows:
Cost of revenues
Selling and marketing expenses
General and administrative expenses
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
(Dollars in thousands)
2007
2008
2006
$
$
339 $
(7)
893
1,225 $
194 $
8
688
890 $
302
1
367
670
55
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
We issue stock options or restricted stock awards to employees and outside directors with respect to which the only condition
for vesting is continued employment or service during the related vesting period. Typically, the vesting period is four years for
employee awards and shorter periods for director awards, reflecting their service periods, although we have, on occasion, granted
stock options with immediate vesting.
During fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007, we issued a total of approximately 78,000 shares of restricted stock to our CEO, CFO
(“management”) and the non-management directors, which required us to recognize stock-based compensation expense of
approximately $352,000 and $164,000 during fiscal 2008 and 2007, respectively. No shares of restricted stock were issued in fiscal
2006 and no stock-based compensation related to restricted shares was recognized in 2006. The shares of restricted stock issued to
management and our outside directors have vesting periods of four years and one year, respectively. Compensation cost is determined
based on the closing price per share of our common stock, as reported by NASDAQ, as of the date of the grant and is recognized as
stock-based compensation expense over the vesting period on a straight-line basis, net of an estimated forfeiture rate of 7% in 2007
and 5% in 2008.
Options to purchase a total of 30,200, 65,000 and 42,000 shares of our common stock were granted to employees during
fiscal 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. We calculate stock-based compensation by estimating the fair value of stock options as of
their respective grant dates using the Black-Scholes option valuation model and various assumptions that are described in Note 2 to
our Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report and recognize such costs on a straight-line basis over the
vesting period of the options.
For fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006, stock-based compensation consisted of compensation costs attributable to options
granted in prior years that were outstanding but were not fully vested as of July 1, 2005, the adoption date of SFAS No. 123(R), and
compensation costs for options that were granted following July 1, 2005 to June 30, 2008, prorated from their respective grant dates to
June 30, 2008. Compensation costs, as determined, were adjusted for estimated forfeitures in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R).
The forfeiture rate for stock options was 5%, 9% and 10.5% for fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
A total of $1,056,000 of compensation expense related to unvested stock-based compensation awards remained unrecognized
as of June 30, 2008 and will be recognized as compensation expense as follows:
Year Ending June 30,
Amount
2009
2010
2011
2012
Total
$
$
645,000
271,000
124,000
16,000
1,056,000
These amounts, which are non-cash expenses, do not include the cost of any additional stock-based compensation awards that
may be granted in future periods nor, as mentioned above, any changes that might occur in the Company’s forfeiture percentage.
Interest Income, Net
Interest income is generated on cash balances that we have invested, primarily in highly liquid money market accounts and
funds, short-term bank certificates of deposit and commercial paper instruments and tax-free funds. Such interest income does not
include the interest that we generate on loans we make pursuant to our dealer-finance program, which are included in net revenues.
Interest income, net
Percent of net revenue
$
1,117
$
2.7%
2,144
$
5.3%
2,346
6.4%
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
(Dollars in thousands)
2007
2008
2006
56
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
Fiscal 2008 vs. 2007. Interest income, net was $1,117,000 in 2008, compared with $2,144,000, in 2007. The decrease in
interest income was primarily attributable to (i) a shift of our cash and cash equivalent balances for part of the year into liquid tax-free
money funds from taxable investments; (ii) a decrease in our average cash balances in 2008, compared to 2007, due to our use of cash
to fund increased payments of quarterly dividends, capital expenditures, the repurchases of shares of our common stock under our
share buyback program, increases in advances under our dealer financing program and cash used to fund operating losses; and (iii) a
decrease in interest rates earned on our cash and cash equivalent balances during 2008, compared with 2007, due to reductions in
prevailing market rates of interest as a result of actions taken by the Federal Reserve Board.
2007 vs. 2006. The reduction in interest income, net to $2,144,000 in fiscal 2007, from $2,346,000 in fiscal 2006, was
primarily due to decreases in our average cash, cash equivalents and short-term investment balances during fiscal 2007, reflecting our
use of cash to fund (i) business acquisitions in fiscal year 2007; (ii) capital expenditures, primarily for purchase of fixed assets;
(iii) the payment of quarterly cash dividends to our stockholders; and (iv) repurchases of our common stock under our stock buyback
program, which more than offset cash generated from operations and the effect on interest income of increases in prevailing interest
rates in fiscal year 2007, as compared to fiscal 2006.
Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
(Dollars in thousands)
2007
2008
2006
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
Percent of net revenue
$
(1,016)
$
(2.4)%
(39)
$
(0.1)%
2,733
7.4%
The income tax benefit recorded in fiscal 2008 reflects an effective tax benefit rate of 6.1% due to a pre-tax loss in fiscal
2008 and permanent differences between the Company’s income for book purposes and for tax purposes, reflecting the
non-deductibility of stock-based compensation costs related to incentive stock options and the recognition of a valuation allowance in
fiscal 2008 for deferred tax assets on the basis that it would be more likely than not that these assets would not be recoverable by
estimates of future taxable income. Due to the length of time and the extent of the taxable income required to fully realize the deferred
tax assets related to the impairment loss and the California Enterprise Zone Credits, the Company recorded a valuation allowance
against such assets at June 30, 2008 in the amount of approximately $4,550,000. For fiscal 2007, the effective tax benefit was
approximately 5% and reflected the higher percentage of permanent differences between income for book and income for tax purposes
due to the level of losses in 2007. For fiscal 2006, our effective tax rate was 45% reflecting such permanent differences, which had
the effect of increasing the effective tax rate in 2006, as the Company earned income in that year.
Discontinued Operations
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
(Dollars in thousands)
2007
2008
2006
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of gains on sales of discontinued
businesses (net of income taxes)
$
(2) $
228 $
296
The income (loss) from discontinued operations relates to the disposal of the collectible sales businesses and includes (i) the
losses or gains recognized on the sales of those businesses and the disposition of the assets of those businesses that we retained
(consisting primarily of inventories and accounts receivables); (ii) for fiscal 2006 the results of CTP from September 2, 2005 to
November 30, 2005 (the date of its disposition); and (iii) the gain on disposal of the discontinued businesses related to additional
consideration on the sales of those businesses that became determinable in fiscal 2006 and 2007 (as the terms of the sales of some of
those businesses provided for the payment to us of future consideration based on the performance of those businesses for periods
subsequent to their sales).
57
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
Quarterly Results of Operations and Seasonality
The following tables present unaudited quarterly financial information for each of the eight quarters beginning September 30,
2006 and ending on June 30, 2008. The information has been derived from our unaudited quarterly financial statements, which have
been prepared by us on a basis consistent with our audited Consolidated Financial Statements appearing elsewhere in this Form
10-K. The consolidated financial information set forth below includes all adjustments (consisting of normal adjustments and accruals)
that management considers necessary for a fair presentation of the unaudited quarterly results when read in conjunction with the
consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Form 10-K. These quarterly operating results,
which reflect the reclassification of our results of operations between continuing operations and discontinued operations as a result of
the disposition of our collectibles sales businesses, are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for any subsequent
periods.
Generally, the revenues generated by our collectibles grading and authentication businesses are lower during our second
quarter, which ends on December 31, than in other quarterly periods. On the other hand, our diamond and colored gemstone grading
businesses (which we acquired in November 2005 and August 2006, respectively), generate higher revenues in our second quarter,
which coincides with the winter holiday season, than in other quarterly periods. Our expectation is that, over time, our diamond and
colored gemstone revenues will represent a higher proportion of total revenues and will reduce the effect of seasonality in the second
fiscal quarter.
Our collectibles convention business, which we acquired in July 2006, adds to the variability in our quarter-to quarter
operating results, as its revenues vary based on the timing of the collectibles conventions it holds. Revenues for this business unit are
significantly higher in the first, third and fourth quarters of the fiscal year, compared to the second quarter, because the Long Beach
show (the larger of the two shows) takes place during the first, third and fourth quarters, while the Santa Clara convention takes place
in the second and fourth quarters.
58
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
The following table sets forth the unaudited consolidated financials results for quarterly periods in fiscal years 2007 and 2008. The
operating loss of $12,906,000 in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008 includes an aggregate impairment loss of $11,232,000 related to our
jewelry businesses (See notes 2, 3 and 7 to our Consolidatd Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Annual Report) consisting of
goodwill impairment loss of approximately $9,064,000 and impairment loss of other intangible assets and other assets of
approximately $2,168,000.
In addition, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, the Company recorded a valuation allowance of $4,550,000 against deferred tax assets
at June 30, 2008, such that the Company had an income tax expense of $348,000 in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, despite having
pre-tax losses of $12,767,000.
Quarterly Reports of
Operations
Quarters Ended
(In thousands, except per share data)
Sept. 30,
Dec. 31,
Mar. 31,
June 30,
Sept. 30,
Dec. 31,
Mar. 31,
2006
2006
2007
2007
2007
2007
2008
June 30,
2008
Statement of Operations Data:
Net revenues
$
Cost of revenues
Gross profit
SG&A expenses
Impairment losses
Amortization of intangible
assets
Operating income (loss)
Interest and other income, net
Income (loss) before income
taxes
Provision (benefit) for income
taxes
Income (loss) from continuing
operations
Income (loss) from
discontinued
operations, net of gain on
sales of
discontinuedbusinesses
(net of income taxes)
Net income (loss)
Net income (loss) per basic
share:
From continuing operations
$
$
9,898 $
4,356
5,542
5,241
-
8,793 $ 11,081 $ 10,680 $ 10,825 $
5,200
4,367
5,625
4,426
5,965
5,089
1
25
5,138
5,943
6,126
14
5,436
5,244
6,626
16
9,964 $ 10,896 $
5,997
6,797
4,899
3,167
6,124
5,590
-
-
10,299
5,779
4,520
5,874
11,232
171
130
571
187
(875)
548
219
(416)
513
373
(1,771)
518
270
(611)
445
286
(2,709)
298
317
(1,542)
240
320
(12,906)
139
701
(327)
97
(1,253)
(166)
(2,411)
(1,302)
(12,767)
318
(147)
165
(375)
(66)
(962)
(336)
348
383
(180)
(68)
(878)
(100)
(1,449)
(966)
(13,115)
11
394 $
80
(100) $
99
31 $
38
(840) $
(10)
6
(110) $ (1,443) $
-
2
(966) $ (13,113)
0.05 $
(0.02) $
(0.01) $
(0.10) $
(0.01) $
(0.17) $
(0.11) $
(1.57)
From discontinued
operations, net
of gain on sales
of discontinued
businesses (net of income
taxes)
Net income (loss)
Net income (loss) per diluted
share:
From continuing operations
From discontinued
operations, net
of gain on sales of
discontinued
businesses (net of income
taxes)
Net income (loss)
Weighted average shares
outstanding
Basic
Diluted
-
0.05 $
0.01
(0.01) $
0.01
0.00 $
-
(0.10) $
-
(0.01) $
-
(0.17) $
-
(0.11) $
-
(1.57)
$
$
0.04 $
(0.02) $
(0.01) $
(0.10) $
(0.01) $
(0.17) $
(0.11) $
(1.57)
-
0.04 $
0.01
(0.01) $
0.01
0.00 $
-
(0.10) $
-
(0.01) $
-
(0.17) $
-
(0.11) $
-
(1.57)
$
8,351
8,628
8,309
8,309
8,381
8,587
8,433
8,433
8,463
8,463
8,491
8,491
8,470
8,470
8,373
8,373
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
Sept. 30,
2006
Dec. 31,
2006
Mar. 31,
2007
June 30,
2007
Sept. 30,
2007
Dec. 31,
2007
Mar. 31,
2008
June 30,
2008
Quarters Ended
(In thousands)
Selected Operating Data:
Units authenticated or graded
Coins
Sportscards
Autographs
Stamps
Currency
Diamonds
Colored gemstones
Total
482
321
34
12
9
6
-
864
281
296
44
18
7
9
-
655
396
324
52
19
11
5
1
808
367
338
45
20
11
8
1
790
293
313
50
11
11
12
1
691
484
327
49
13
14
5
1
893
331
351
56
9
23
5
2
777
400
322
40
17
9
5
1
794
59
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
Liquidity and Capital Resources
At June 30, 2008, we had cash and cash equivalents of $23,345,000, as compared to $42,386,000 at June 30, 2007, as we
used cash in fiscal 2008 to fund (i) operating losses; (ii) advances under our financing program; (iii) capital expenditures; (iv) the
payment of quarterly cash dividends to our stockholders; and (v) repurchases of shares of our common stock under our stock buyback
program.
Historically, we have relied on internally-generated funds, rather than borrowings, as our primary source of funds to support
our operations. Although we used cash to fund operations in fiscal 2008, due to operating losses incurred, we continue to expect our
authentication and grading services and our subscription services to provide us with positive operating cash flows, as our early stage
businesses grow and reduce their operating losses.
During fiscal 2008, operating activities of our continuing operations used net cash of $2,277,000, compared with $3,523,000
generated in fiscal 2007 due primarily to operating losses incurred in fiscal 2008.
Investing activities used net cash of $6,288,000 during fiscal 2008, comprised of (i) $1,961,000 and $1,436,000, to purchase
fixed assets and invest in capitalized software, respectively, and (ii) $3,106,000 in net advances under our financing program.
In fiscal 2008, financing activities used net cash of $10,484,000, including $8,517,000 to pay cash dividends to stockholders
and $2,209,000 to repurchase shares of our common stock under our stock buyback program, partially offset by proceeds of $242,000
from the exercise of employee stock options.
Bank Line of Credit. As previously reported, in fiscal 2005, we organized Collectors Finance Corporation (“CFC”), as a
wholly-owned subsidiary, to engage in the business of making loans primarily to coin or sportscards dealers. All such loans were
required to be collateralized by the delivery to us of collectibles with a fair market value at least equal to the amount of the loans. The
loans were required to be repaid to us when those collectibles are returned to the dealers. To provide a source of funding for those
loans, in June 2005, CFC obtained a revolving bank line of credit for the original term of two years pursuant to a loan and security
agreement that permitted CFC to borrow, at any one time, up to the lesser of (i) $7,000,000 or (ii) an amount equal to 85% of the
aggregate principal amount of those of its loan receivables that met the bank’s eligibility criteria. Borrowings under that credit line,
the term of which was extended to July 31, 2008, were to bear interest at rates based on the bank’s prime rate or LIBOR, as applicable,
and were secured by the loans receivable due CFC. There were no borrowings outstanding under that line of credit during the fiscal
years ended or at June 30, 2008 or 2007.
This line of credit expired in July 2008, coinciding with a decision by the Company to cease making new loans under our
financing program. In August 2008, the Company sold approximately $3,300,000 principal amount of its dealer loans, which were
secured by collectible coins, to an unaffiliated purchaser for a purchase price of approximately $3,330,000 in cash.
Outstanding Financial Obligations. We had the following outstanding obligations under operating leases, net of sublease
income at June 30, 2008, for years ending June 30:
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
Thereafter
$
$
2,209,000
1,410,000
990,000
1,019,000
1,014,000
4,086,000
10,728,000
With the exception of these obligations, we do not have any material financial obligations, such as long-term debt, capital
lease, or long-term purchase obligations.
60
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
Stock Buyback Program. In December 2005, our Board of Directors approved a stock buyback program that authorizes up to
$10,000,000 of stock repurchases in open market or privately negotiated transactions, in accordance with applicable Securities
Exchange Commission rules, when opportunities to make such repurchases, at attractive prices, become available. We are under no
obligation to repurchase any shares under the stock buyback program and the timing, actual number and dollar value of shares that
may be repurchased under that program will depend on a number of factors, including our future financial performance, available cash
resources and competing uses for the cash that may arise in the future, prevailing market prices of the Company's common stock and
the number of shares that become available for sale at prices that the Company believes are attractive. During the fiscal years ended
June 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006, we repurchased a total of 232,152, 72,517 and 181,851 shares, respectively, of our common stock
under this program for aggregate purchase prices of approximately $2,198,000, $945,000 and $2,618,000, respectively (excluding
transaction costs). Additional information regarding these share repurchases is set forth in Item 5 of this Report. At June 30, 2008,
the total dollar value of shares that could be purchased in the future under this program was $4,239,000.
Dividends. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006, the Board of Directors adopted a dividend policy that called for the payment
of quarterly cash dividends of $0.08 per common share, for an expected annual cash dividend of $0.32 per common share. The
quarterly cash dividend was increased to $0.12 per share, in the third quarter of fiscal 2007. In June 2007, the Board of Directors
approved another increase in the quarterly cash dividend to $0.25 per common share for an expected annual cash dividend to
stockholders of $1.00 per common share, and dividends were paid under this policy throughout fiscal 2008 for a total dividend paid in
fiscal 2008 of $8,517,000.
As we disclosed previously, the continued payment of cash dividends was subject to a number of factors, including the
Company’s financial performance and changes in market and financial conditions; therefore, there could be no assurance that the
amount of the cash dividend would not be reduced or the payment of cash dividends would not be suspended or discontinued by the
Board of Directors. On September 26, 2008, the Board of Directors determined that, due to market and economic conditions,
including the liquidity crisis in the United States, the prudent course of action would be, and the Board of Directors voted, to suspend
the future payment of cash dividends in order to preserve the Company's cash resources to support the continued implementation of
the Company's strategic plan and the growth of its business. At the same time, the Board of Directors approved a 10% stock dividend
on the Company's outstanding shares, and it declared this stock dividend will be distributed on November 3, 2008 to all stockholders
of record on October 20, 2008.
Uses and Sources of Cash. We plan to use our cash resources, including the cash we generated in August 2008 from the sale
of customer loans, to (i) introduce new services for our customers, (ii) acquire or start-up other high-value collectibles or high-value
asset authentication and grading businesses, (iii) make private and open market share repurchases under our stock buyback program if
there are opportunities to do so at prices that we believe are attractive, and (iv) fund working capital requirements, and for other
corporate purposes. Although we have no current plans to do so, we also may seek borrowings, and we may issue additional shares of
our stock, to finance acquisitions of additional authentication and grading businesses. However, there is no assurance that we will be
able to obtain such additional financing on terms acceptable to us, if at all.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In December 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards (“SFAS”) No. 141(R), Business Combinations (Revised). This standard will replace SFAS No. 141, Business
Combinations, but will retain the fundamental requirements in Statement 141 that the acquisition method (which Statement 141 called
the purchase method) be used for all business combinations and for an acquirer to be identified for each business
combination. Changes being made by Statement 141(R) to previously issued authoritative guidance include requiring that: (i) assets
and liabilities arising from contingencies be recognized at fair value as of the date of the acquisition as opposed to future periods
when, or if, any or all of the contingencies may be resolved, (ii) certain pre-acquisition related costs (such as those that were
previously accounted for as part of the acquisition) be accounted for outside of the acquisition, and (iii) tangible and intangible assets
acquired at the time of the acquisition related to in-process research and development be accounted for as an asset and carried at fair
value at the time of the acquisition and subject to impairment testing. SFAS No. 141(R) will apply to all business combinations for
which the acquisition date occurs after the beginning of the first reporting period following December 15, 2008. Earlier adoption is
prohibited. Statement 141(R) has no impact on recent acquisitions completed by the Company.
61
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements – an
Amendment of ARB No. 51. This Statement amends ARB No. 51 to establish accounting and reporting standards for the
noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary, usually referred to as minority interests and for the deconsolidation of such subsidiaries. This
statement also clarifies that a noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary is an ownership interest in the consolidated entity that should be
reported as equity in the consolidated financial statements. This statement is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within
those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2008. Earlier adoption is prohibited. Statement 160 has no impact on the
Company, as all of our subsidiaries are wholly-owned by us.
In March 2008, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities-an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 133. SFAS No. 161 expands the current disclosure
requirements of SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, such that entities must now provide
enhanced disclosures on a quarterly basis regarding how and why the entity uses derivatives; how derivatives and related hedged items
are accounted for under SFAS No. 133 and how derivatives and related hedged items affect the entity’s financial position,
performance and cash flow. Pursuant to the transition provisions of the Statement, the Company will adopt SFAS No. 161 in fiscal
year 2009. This Statement is not expected to have an impact on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.
On November 5, 2007, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) issued Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 109
that supersedes SAB No. 105, Application of Accounting Principles to Loan Commitments. SAB No. 105 stated that, in the view of
the SEC Staff, when measuring the fair value of a derivative loan commitment, it would be inappropriate to incorporate the expected
net future cash flows related to the associated servicing of the loan. This SAB supersedes SAB No. 105 and expresses the current
view of the SEC Staff that, consistent with the guidance in SFAS No. 156, Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets, and SFAS
No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, the expected net future cash flows related to the
associated servicing of the loan should be included in the measurement of all written loan commitments that are accounted for at fair
value through earnings. SAB No. 109 has no impact on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.
On December 21, 2007, the SEC issued SAB No. 110 in which the SEC updated its position in SAB 107 concerning the use
of a “simplified” method to calculate the expected term used in the determination of the fair value of a stock option using the
Black-Scholes-Merton closed-form model. Under SAB No. 107, the SEC had limited the use of the “simplified” approach until
December 31, 2007 under the assumption that registrants would be able to develop adequate factual histories instead of relying upon a
simplified approach. Under SAB No. 110, use of the simplified approach is permitted beyond December 31, 2007 under certain
circumstances. SAB No. 110 has no impact on our determination of the expected term assumption used in the Black-Scholes-Merton
model, as the Company has not previously utilized the simplified method.
In April 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FAS 142-3, Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets
(“FSP 142-3”). FSP 142-3 amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to
determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. FSP 142-3
must be applied prospectively to all intangible assets acquired as of and subsequent to fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008,
and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is prohibited. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that FSP
142-3 will have on its financial statements. FSP 142-3 has no impact on recent acquisitions completed by the Company.
In May 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 162, The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“SFAS 162”).
SFAS 162 identifies the sources of accounting principles and provides entities with a framework for selecting the principles used in
preparation of financial statements that are presented in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. The adoption of
SFAS 162 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.
62
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position, results of operations or cash flows due to
adverse changes in financial market prices, including interest rate risk, foreign currency exchange rate risk, commodity price risk and
other relevant market rate or price risks.
Due to the cash and cash equivalent balances that we maintain, we are exposed to risk of changes in short-term interest
rates. At June 30, 2008, we had $23,345,000 in cash and cash equivalents, primarily invested in money market funds. Reductions in
short-term interest rates could result in reductions in the amount of that income. However, the impact on our operating results of such
changes is not expected to be material.
The Company has no activities that would expose it to foreign currency exchange rate risk or commodity price risks.
63
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting
Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets at June 30, 2008 and
2007
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended June 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity For the Years Ended June 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended June 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements For the Years Ended June 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006
Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying
Accounts
Page
65
66
67
68
69
71
101
64
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors and Stockholders
Collectors Universe, Inc. and Subsidiaries
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Collectors Universe, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company)
as of June 30, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of
the three years ended June 30, 2008. Our audits of the basic financial statements included the financial statement schedule listed in the
index appearing under Item 15(a)(2). These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the
Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule
based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United
States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made
by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable
basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above, present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of Collectors Universe, Inc. and subsidiaries as of June 30, 2008 and 2007 and the results of their operations and their cash
flows for each of the three years ended June 30, 2008 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States
of America. Also in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements
taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States),
Collectors Universe, Inc. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2008, based on criteria established in
Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our
report dated September 29, 2008, expressed an unqualified opinion.
/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP
Irvine, California
September 29, 2008
65
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except per share data)
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $79 in 2008 and $60 in 2007
Refundable income taxes
Inventories, net
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Customer notes receivable, net of allowance of $31 in 2008 and $23 in 2007
Net deferred income tax asset
Customer notes receivables held for sale
Receivables from sale of net assets of discontinued operations
Total current assets
Property and equipment, net
Goodwill
Intangible assets, net
Net deferred income tax asset
Note receivable from sale of discontinued operation
Other assets
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable
Accrued liabilities
Accrued compensation and benefits
Income taxes payable
Deferred revenue
Current liabilities of discontinued operations held for sale
Total current liabilities
Deferred rent
Other long-term liabilities
Net deferred income tax liability
Commitments and contingencies (note 15)
Stockholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, $.001 par value; 5,000 shares authorized;
no shares issued or outstanding
Common stock, $.001 par value; 45,000 shares authorized;
shares outstanding: 8,361 in 2008 and 8,496 in 2007
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated deficit
Total stockholders’ equity
$
$
$
June 30,
2008
2007
23,345 $
1,414
575
983
1,029
2,062
486
3,579
92
33,565
4,482
3,974
8,494
909
138
456
52,018 $
1,870 $
1,766
1,471
368
2,084
9
7,568
584
36
-
42,386
1,276
1,220
442
1,060
2,536
1,020
-
92
50,032
4,081
12,884
10,365
-
229
510
78,101
1,435
2,154
1,988
14
2,233
-
7,824
477
40
869
-
-
8
75,996
(32,174)
43,830
52,018 $
9
76,737
(7,855)
68,891
78,101
$
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
66
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in thousands, except per share data)
Net revenues:
Grading, authentication and related services
Cost of revenues:
Cost of grading, authentication and related services
Gross profit
Operating expenses:
Selling and marketing expenses
General and administrative expenses
Impairment loss of goodwill
Impairment loss of intangible assets and other assets
Amortization of intangible assets
Total operating expenses
Operating income (loss)
Interest income, net
Other income, net
Income (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
Income (loss) from continuing operations
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of gain on sales of discontinued
businesses (net of income taxes)
Net income (loss)
Net income (loss) per basic share:
Income (loss) from continuing operations
Income from discontinued operations, net of gain on sales of discontinued
businesses (net of income taxes)
Net income (loss)
Net income (loss) per diluted share:
Income (loss) from continuing operations
Income from discontinued operations, net of gain on sales of discontinued
businesses (net of income taxes)
Net income (loss)
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic
Diluted
Dividends declared per common share
Year Ended June 30,
2007
2008
2006
$
41,984 $
40,452 $
36,914
23,773
18,211
8,073
15,480
9,064
2,169
1,193
35,979
(17,768)
1,117
5
(16,646)
(1,016)
(15,630)
19,297
21,155
7,497
15,585
-
55
950
24,087
(2,932)
2,144
6
(782)
(39)
(743)
(2)
(15,632) $
228
(515) $
(1.85) $
(0.09) $
-
(1.85) $
0.03
(0.06) $
(1.85) $
(0.09) $
-
(1.85) $
8,450
8,450
1.00 $
0.03
(0.06) $
8,367
8,367
0.40 $
14,890
22,024
4,918
13,068
-
-
269
18,255
3,769
2,346
22
6,137
2,733
3,404
296
3,700
0.40
0.04
0.44
0.39
0.03
0.42
8,473
8,782
0.08
$
$
$
$
$
$
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
67
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
(in thousands)
Common Stock
Paid-in Accumulated
Treasury Stock
Shares Amount Capital
Deficit
Shares Amount Total
Additional
Balance at June 30, 2005
Exercise of stock options
Stock compensation expense
Tax benefit on exercise of stock options
Shares repurchased and cancelled under
the Stock Repurchase Plan
Net income
Dividends paid ($0.08 per share)
Balance at June 30, 2006
Exercise of stock options
Stock compensation expense
Issuance of restricted shares
Tax benefit on exercise
of stock options
Shares repurchased and cancelled under
the Stock Repurchase Plan
Net loss
Retirement of treasury shares
Dividends paid ($0.40 per share)
Balance at June 30, 2007
Cumulative effects of adoption of FIN
48 (see note 9)
Exercise of stock options
Stock-based compensation - options
Stock-based compensation – restricted
stock
Shares repurchased and cancelled under
the Stock Repurchase Plan
Net loss
Dividends paid ($1.00 per share)
Balance at June 30, 2008
8,610 $
47
-
-
(182)
-
-
8,475 $
161
-
57
-
(72)
-
(125)
-
8,496 $
-
76
-
21
(232)
-
-
8,361 $
9 $
-
-
-
(1)
-
-
8 $
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
9 $
-
-
-
-
(1)
-
-
8 $
78,594 $
243
670
29
(2,627)
-
-
76,909 $
275
726
164
633
(949)
-
(1,021)
-
76,737 $
-
242
873
352
(7,016)
-
-
-
-
3,700
(674)
(3,990)
-
-
-
-
-
(515)
-
(3,350)
(7,855)
(170)
-
-
-
(2,208)
-
-
75,996 $
-
(15,632)
(8,517)
(32,174)
(125) $
-
-
-
-
-
-
(125) $
(1,021) $
-
-
-
-
-
-
(1,021) $
70,566
243
670
29
(2,628)
3,700
(674)
71,906
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
276
726
164
633
-
-
125
-
- $
-
-
1,021
-
- $
(949)
(515)
-
(3,350)
68,891
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- $
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- $
(170)
242
873
352
(2,209)
(15,632)
(8,517)
43,830
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
68
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income (loss)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating
activities:
Depreciation and amortization expense
Stock-based compensation expense
Impairment losses of long-lived assets
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options
Loss on termination of sublease
Loss on intangible asset
Discontinued operations
Provision for bad debts
Provision (recovery) for inventory write-down
(Gain) loss on sale of property and equipment
Interest on note receivables
Deferred income taxes
Accounts receivable
Inventories
Prepaid expenses and other
Refundable income taxes
Other assets
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
Accrued compensation and benefits
Income taxes payable
Deferred revenue
Deferred rent
Other long-term liabilities
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
Net cash provided by operating activities of discontinued businesses
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment
Capital expenditures
Purchase of businesses, net of cash acquired
Purchase of other intangible assets
Advances on customer notes receivable
Proceeds from collection of customer notes receivable
Capitalized software
Cash received from sale of net assets of discontinued operations
Net cash used in investing activities
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
Payments for retirement of common stock
Dividends paid to common stockholders
Net cash used in financing activities
Decrease in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
Year Ended June 30,
2007
2008
2006
$
(15,632) $
(515) $
3,700
2,453
1,225
11,233
-
-
-
2
51
23
(4)
(8)
(1,027)
(180)
(564)
31
645
(92)
44
(517)
82
(149)
111
(4)
(2,277)
8
143
(1,961)
-
(20)
(7,829)
4,723
(1,436)
92
(6,288)
2,012
890
55
633
-
16
(228)
27
(4)
-
-
400
552
10
(219)
(1,220)
(72)
488
913
(671)
381
75
-
3,523
114
-
(3,073)
(6,293)
(352)
(5,038)
6,416
(1,483)
485
(9,338)
242
(2,209)
(8,517)
(10,484)
(19,041)
42,386
23,345 $
276
(949)
(3,350)
(4,023)
(9,724)
52,110
42,386 $
$
919
670
-
29
83
-
(296)
55
72
8
-
1,853 Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
(115)
(73)
(63)
-
(278)
403
(164)
496
278
16
-
7,593
390
8
(1,366)
(14,582)
-
(4,283)
2,030
(421)
361
(18,253)
243
(2,628)
(674)
(3,059)
(13,329)
65,439
52,110
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
69
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (continued)
(in thousands)
Year ended June 30,
2007
2008
2006
(651) $
28 $
743 $
19 $
- $
- $
- $
-
-
-
-
- $
- $
-
-
- $
- $
-
-
- $
- $
-
-
- $
- $
- $
- $
-
-
-
-
- $
- $
-
-
- $
- $
-
1
1 $
(385) $
1,810
1,001
2,426 $
- $
111
(274)
163
- $
(42) $
(1,205)
3,030
2,083
3,866 $
624
16
515
515
(41)
(296)
947
600
1,117
2,327
119
53
3,068
3,240
40
3,444
5,099
8,583
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION
Income taxes paid (refund), net
Interest paid
Effective July 14, 2005, the Company acquired CoinFacts.com in a transaction
summarized as follows:
Goodwill
Purchase price
Effective September 2, 2005, the Company acquired Certified Coin
Exchange(CCE) in a
transaction summarized as follows:
Fair value of net liabilities assumed
Deferred taxes recognized at acquisition
Intangible assets
Fair value of computertradingpost.com, Inc., including net assets
Goodwill
Purchase price, net of $50 cash acquired
Effective November 8, 2005, the Company acquired Gem Certification
and Appraisal Lab (GCAL) in a transaction summarized as follows:
Fair value of net assets acquired
Intangible assets
Goodwill
Purchase price, net of $28 cash acquired
Effective December 22, 2005, the Company acquired the business of
GemprintCorporation in a transaction summarized as follows:
Fair value of net assets acquired
Intangible assets
Goodwill
Purchase price
Effective July 1, 2006, the Company acquired Expos Unlimited, LLC (Expos) in a
transaction summarized as follows:
Fair value of net liabilities assumed
Intangible assets
Goodwill
Purchase price, net of $49 cash acquired
Effective August 18, 2006, the Company acquired American Gemological
Laboratories, Inc. (AGL) in a transaction summarized as follows:
Fair value of net liabilities assumed
Deferred tax liability recognized at acquisition
Intangible assets
Goodwill
Purchase price, net of $81 cash acquired
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH INVESTING
ACTIVITIES:
In connection with the sale of CTP in November, 2005, the Company received
a note receivable of $458,000, of which $230,000 and $321,000 were still
outstanding at June 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
In July 2006, the Company acquired partial rights to a patent application and
recognized a liability due to the seller of $40,000 that matures no later than July
2011.
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
70
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. Company Organization and Nature of Business
Organization
Collectors Universe, Inc. (“We,” “us,” the “Company” or “Collectors Universe”) is a Delaware corporation that was
organized on February 5, 1999 for the purpose of enabling Professional Coin Grading Service, Inc. (“PCGS”) the Company’s
predecessor corporation to acquire other businesses that, like PCGS, would provide services to the collectibles markets. On February
5, 1999, Collectors Universe issued 4,327,000 shares of common stock in exchange for all of the outstanding shares of PCGS. As a
result of that exchange, the former stockholders of PCGS became stockholders of Collectors Universe, with each of them receiving a
number of our shares based on his or her percentage ownership of the shares of PCGS. Prior to this exchange, Collectors Universe
had no operating assets or liabilities and had not yet conducted any operations. The assets and liabilities acquired were recorded at the
PCGS’ basis as the transaction represented a transfer of assets and liabilities between entities under common control.
Concurrently, with the exchange transaction with PCGS, Collectors Universe acquired the assets of the auction businesses of
Lyn F. Knight Rare Coins, Inc. (“Lyn Knight”) and Kingswood Coin Auctions, LLC (“Kingswood”) and the minority ownership
interests in two majority-owned subsidiaries of PCGS, Superior Sportscard Auctions, LLC (“Superior”) and Internet Universe, LLC
(“IU”), that were not already owned by PCGS at the time these acquisitions were consummated.
In fiscal year 2005, we organized Collectors Finance Corporation (“CFC”) as a 100% subsidiary to engage in the business of
making short-term loans to collectibles dealers pursuant to a dealer financing program. Following the receipt in March 2005 of a
California Finance Leaders License, CFC began making short-term loans to established collectibles dealers. The loans are secured by
the delivery of coins or other collectibles to us.
In fiscal year 2006 and 2007, the Company acquired the following businesses, the results of operations of which have been
consolidated into the financial statements of the Company from their respective dates of acquisition:
Business
CoinFacts.com
Certified Coin Exchange
Gem Certification & Appraisal Lab, LLC
Gemprint Corporation
Expos Unlimited LLC
American Gemological Laboratory
Acquisition Date
July 14, 2005
September 2, 2005
November 8, 2005
December 22, 2005
July 1, 2006
August 18, 2006
Purchase Price
$0.5 million
$2.4 million
$3.3 million
$8.6 million (i)
$2.5 million (i)
$3.9 million (i)
(i) Does not include contingent purchase price that we may become obligated to pay to the sellers of these businesses based
on their future financial performance. See note 3 below.
Nature of our Business
We are engaged in the business of providing third-party authentication, grading and related services for rare and high-value
collectibles consisting of coins, vintage U.S. paper currency, sportscards, stamps, sports memorabilia and autographs, and for high
value assets consisting of diamonds and colored gemstones. We authenticate and grade the quality of such collectibles and high value
assets for dealers, collectors and retail buyers and sellers of these collectibles and high value assets. We also publish magazines that
provide market prices and information for certain collectibles and high value assets, that is accessible on our websites and sell
advertising in those magazines and on those websites; own the CCE subscription business, which operates an online market for graded
collectible coins for dealers who subscribe to this service; and promote, manage and operate collectibles tradeshows.
During the period from 1999 through the latter part of fiscal 2004, we also were engaged in the business of marketing and
selling high-end collectible coins, sportscards and sports entertainment and historical memorabilia. Most of those sales were made at
multi-venue auctions that were conducted by our collectibles sales divisions. We also sold collectible coins by direct sales methods.
71
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
In December 2003, our Board of Directors adopted a plan to focus our financial and management resources and collectibles
expertise, on the operations and growth of our authentication and grading businesses, by divesting the collectibles auctions and direct
sales businesses comprising our collectibles sales segment. As a result, in the accompanying consolidated financial statements, the
assets and related liabilities of the collectibles sales segment have been classified as held for sale and the related operating results have
been classified as discontinued operations in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 144
Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. See note 4 below.
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States of America.
Principles of Consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Collectors Universe, Inc. and its subsidiaries, all
of which are 100% owned by the Company. At June 30, 2008, such operating subsidiaries were Collectors Finance Corporation
(CFC), Certified Asset Exchange, Inc. (CAE), Gem Certification and Assurance Lab, Inc. (GCAL), Expos Unlimited, Inc. (Expos),
and American Gemological Laboratories, Inc. All significant inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated in
consolidation.
In June 2008, we merged PCGS, our predecessor corporation that had been one of our wholly-owned subsidiaries since 1999,
into the Company. Prior to that merger, substantially all of the business of PCGS had been, and all of the business of PCGS is now,
operated as a division of Collectors Universe.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that can affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and
expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from results expected on the basis of those estimates, and such
differences could be material to our future results of operations and financial condition. Examples of such estimates that could be
material include determinations made with respect to the capitalization of software development costs, the valuation of stock-based
compensation awards, the amount of goodwill and the existence or non-existence of goodwill impairments, the amounts to be set aside
for warranty reserves and the amount of the provisions or benefits for income taxes. Because we have incurred significant operating
losses in our jewelry reporting units since the acquisitions of these businesses, and such losses have significantly exceeded our initial
estimates for fiscal 2008 and 2009 year to date, we tested the carrying value of goodwill and other long-lived assets of our jewelry
businesses for impairment at June 30, 2008 and recorded an aggregate impairment loss of approximately $11,233,000 for goodwill
and other intangible and tangible assets in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended June 30, 2008. Due to the
early stage of our jewelry businesses, significant risk and uncertainty exists around estimating the level and timing of future revenues
of these businesses. Such estimates of revenue will significantly impact the expected level of future cash flows from those businesses,
which is used in determining whether the fair value of those businesses are less than the carrying amount of the assets of those
businesses. The carrying value of goodwill related to our jewelry businesses could become further impaired, and the Company’s
financial position and results of operations could be materially adversely affected in future periods. Each of these estimates are
discussed in more detail in this note 2, note 3 and note 7 to these Consolidated Financial Statements, and in the Critical Accounting
Policies and Estimates section of Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,
contained elsewhere in this Report.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
We consider all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash
and cash equivalents. At June 30, 2008 and 2007, we had approximately $23,300,000 and $42,400,000, respectively, classified as
cash and cash equivalents on the consolidated balance sheets, of which approximately $21,500,000 and $40,900,000, respectively,
were invested primarily in high-quality money market funds. Our investment policy provides that the minimum credit quality of any
portfolio of trading
72
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
securities in which we may temporarily invest cash may not be rated less than single-A long term or A1/P1 short term, and any such
portfolio may not contain more than 25% exposure to securities of issuers whose principal business activities are in the same
industry. However, the 25% limitation does not apply to securities guaranteed by the U.S. government or to obligations issued by
banks that are subject to U.S. banking regulations. In addition, the weighted average maturity of any such portfolio may not exceed 90
days.
Concentrations
Credit Risks. Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk at June
30, 2008 consisted primarily of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivables and notes receivables.
Financial Instruments and Cash Balances. At June 30, 2008 and 2007, the Company had funds of approximately
$21,500,000 and $40,900,000, respectively, in money market funds. In addition, at June 30, 2008 and 2007, the Company had
approximately $1,800,000 and $1,500,000 in a non-interest bearing bank account for general day-to-day operations.
Accounts Receivable. A substantial portion of accounts receivable is due from collectibles dealers. At June 30, 2008,
accounts receivable from three customers represented 37% of the Company’s total gross accounts receivable balances. At June 30,
2007, accounts receivable from one customer represented 13% of the Company’s total gross accounts receivable balances. We
perform an analysis of the expected collectability of accounts receivable based on several factors, including the age and extent of
significant past due accounts and economic conditions or trends that may impact the ability of the debtor to pay their account
receivable balances. Based on such review, we establish an allowance for doubtful accounts, when necessary. The allowance for
doubtful accounts receivable was $79,000 and $60,000 at June 30, 2008 and June 30, 2007, respectively.
Customers. The authentication and grading of collectible coins and related services accounted for approximately 55%, 58%
and 65% of our net revenues for the years ended June 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Customer Notes Receivable. At June 30, 2008 and 2007, the outstanding principal amount of customer notes receivable,
which evidenced primarily short term advances made to customers by CFC, totaled $5,640,000 (of which, $3,579,000 was classified
as held for sale at June 30, 2008) and $2,536,000, respectively, net of allowances for uncollectible amounts of $31,000 and $23,000,
respectively. Three and two of these notes, each greater than 10% of the total respective year ending balances for all notes outstanding
represented a total of 49% and 68% of the total principal amounts of the short-term customer advances that were outstanding at June
30, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
Suppliers. We purchase injection-molded parts, holograms and printed labels for our grading services. There are numerous
suppliers for these items and, as a result, it is possible to change suppliers without significant delay or cost to the Company. However,
while there are numerous sources for injection-molded parts, these parts require a die to fabricate the part. The manufacturing of high
precision dies can be a lengthy process and requires considerable expertise in their fabrication. Although, we do not have back-up
dies for some of our high volume injection-molded parts and we rely on one supplier for these requirements, we believe that this
supplier maintains a large enough inventory of the injection-molded parts to allow time for us to have new molds manufactured for us
by other suppliers should the need to do so arise.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, customer notes receivable, receivables from sale of net
assets of discontinued operations, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate their respective fair values due to the
short-term nature of such instruments. The carrying value of the note receivable related to the sale of a discontinued operation
approximates fair value, as the interest rate on such note approximates an amount that would be extended to parties with similar credit
risk and remaining maturities.
73
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
Inventories
Our inventories consist primarily of (i) our coin and stamp collectibles inventories, and (ii) consumable supplies that we use
in our continuing authentication and grading businesses. We account for those collectibles inventories under the specific identification
method. Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. Inventories are periodically reviewed to identify slow moving items,
and the allowance for inventory loss is recognized, as necessary. The allowance for inventory loss was $91,000 at June 30, 2008 and
2007, respectively. It is possible that our estimates of market value could change in the near term due to market conditions in the
various collectibles markets served by the Company which could require us to increase that allowance.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation and amortization are provided using the straight-line method over
the estimated useful lives ranging from three to seven years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the estimated
useful lives of the improvements or the term of the related lease. Coin, stamp, diamond and colored gemstone reference sets are
non-depreciable assets. Repair and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.
Long-Lived Assets
Management regularly reviews property and equipment and other long-lived assets, including certain identifiable intangibles,
for possible impairment. This review occurs annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying
amount of the asset may not be recoverable in full. If there is indication of impairment of property, equipment or amortizable
intangible assets, then management would prepare an estimate of future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of
that asset and its eventual disposition. If these cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss would be
recognized to write down the asset to its estimated fair value. The fair value would be estimated using the present value of the future
cash flows discounted at a rate commensurate with management’s estimates of the business risks. During fiscal years 2008 and 2007,
approximately $2,169,000 and $55,000, respectively, were recorded as impairment losses of long-lived assets, other than goodwill,
within the Consolidated Financial Statements for those years. The impairment loss in fiscal year 2008 related to goodwill was
approximately $9,064,000 (See “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” below). Of the $2,169,000 impairment loss for long-lived
assets other than goodwill (principally identifiable intangible assets), approximately $176,000 was associated with property and
equipment (see also note 7), and $133,000 was associated with other assets determined not to be recoverable as of June 30, 2008.
Revenue Recognition
Net revenues consist primarily of fees generated from the authentication and grading of coins, sportscards, autographs,
currency, stamps, diamonds and colored gemstones. Authentication and grading revenues are recognized when those services have
been performed by us and the item is shipped back to the customer. Authentication and grading fees generally are prepaid, although
we offer open account privileges to larger dealers. Advance payments received for grading services are deferred until the service is
performed and the graded item is shipped to the customer. In the case of dealers to whom we have extended credit, we record
revenues at the time the item is shipped to the customer. With respect to our Expos trade show business, we recognize revenue
generated by the promotion, management and operation of collectibles conventions and trade shows in the periods in which the shows
take place.
A portion of our net revenues are comprised of subscription fees paid by customers for a membership in our Collectors
Club. Those memberships entitle members access to our on-line and printed publications, and sometimes also to vouchers for free
grading services. We record revenue for this multi-element service arrangement in accordance with EITF 00-21, Accounting for
Revenue Arrangements With Multiple Deliverables, by recognizing approximately 60% of the subscription fee in the month following
the membership purchase, on the basis that Collectors Club members typically utilize their vouchers for free grading services within
30 days of subscribing for memberships. The balance of the membership fee is recognized as revenue over the life of the membership,
which can range from one to two years. We evaluate, at least semi-annually, the relative fair values of the deliverables and the
percentage factors used to allocate the membership fee between the grading and the publication services provided under this
membership service.
74
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
We recognize product sales when items are shipped and all the requirements of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, Revenue
Recognition, issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), have been satisfied. Product revenues consist primarily of
collectible coins that we purchased pursuant to our coin authentication and grading warranty program and are not considered an
integral part of the Company’s on-going revenue generating activities.
Shipping and Handling Costs
Shipping and handling costs incurred to return to our customers their collectibles property submitted to us for grading or
authentication are recorded as costs of revenues, net of amounts received from such customers.
Cooperative Marketing Arrangements
In accordance with EITF 01-09, Accounting for Consideration Given By a Vendor to a Customer (Including a Reseller of the Vendor’s
Products), marketing allowances given to a customer have been classified as a reduction of revenues in the years ended June 30, 2007
and 2006. There were no marketing allowances given to customers’ in fiscal 2008.
Warranty Costs
We offer a warranty covering the coins, sportscards, stamps and currency that we authenticate and grade. Under the
warranty, if any collectible that was previously authenticated and graded by us is later submitted to us for re-grading and either
(i) receives a lower grade upon that resubmittal or (ii) is determined not to have been authentic, we will offer to purchase the
collectible, or, in the alternative, at our option, pay the difference in value of the item at its original grade as compared with its lower
grade. However, this warranty is voided if the collectible, upon resubmittal to us, is not in the same tamper-resistant holder in which it
was placed at the time we last graded it. We also offer a similar grading warranty of two years’ duration, and subject to certain
limitations, covering the diamonds that we authenticate and grade. We accrue for estimated warranty costs based on historical trends
and related experience. We monitor the adequacy of our warranty reserves on an on-going basis and significant claims resulting from
resubmissions receiving lower grades or deemed not to be authentic could result in a material adverse impact on our results of
operation.
Advertising Costs
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and amounted to approximately $1,136,000, $1,122,000 and $620,000 in the fiscal
years ended June 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Income Taxes
We account for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes and FIN 48, Accounting for
Uncertainty in Income Taxes – An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109. SFAS No. 109 requires the recording of deferred tax
assets and liabilities for the future consequences of events that have been recognized in the Company’s financial statements or tax
returns. Measurement of the deferred items is based on enacted tax laws. In the event the future consequences of differences between
financial reporting bases and tax bases of the Company’s assets or liabilities result in a deferred tax asset, SFAS No. 109 requires that
we evaluate the probability of realizing the future benefits comprising that asset. In fiscal 2008, we recorded a valuation allowance for
deferred tax assets of approximately $4,550,000, as we determined that it was more likely than not that we would not recover deferred
tax assets related to the impairment losses of goodwill and other intangible assets and the California Enterprise Zone Credits. FIN 48
clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in tax positions and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the
financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return and, in addition,
requires us to disclose our policy for the classification of interest and penalties in our Statements of Operations. FIN 48 requires that
we adjust our financial statements to reflect only those tax positions that are more-likely-than-not to be sustained on audit, based on
the technical merits of the position. FIN 48 further requires that any necessary adjustment be recorded directly to the beginning
balance of retained earnings or accumulated deficit in the period of adoption of FIN 48 and reported as a change in accounting
principle, if material. During the first quarter of fiscal 2008, the cumulative effects of applying FIN 48 were recorded as an increase
of $170,000 to accumulated deficit, an increase to income taxes payable of $279,000 and an increase in deferred tax assets of
$109,000 and those adjustments are reflected in the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of June 30, 2008. Interest and penalties totaled
$101,000 as of July 1, 2007, the date of the adoption of FIN 48, and were accounted for as part of the total adjustment to accumulated
deficit of $170,000. During fiscal year 2008, which followed the adoption of FIN 48, we recorded approximately $13,000 in interest
and penalties as a component of income tax expense.
75
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
Capitalized Software
Through June 30, 2008 end 2007, we had capitalized approximately $2,543,000 and $1,700,000, respectively as capitalized
software net of accumulated amortization of $797,000 and $204,000 respectively, in accordance with SOP 98-1, Accounting for the
Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use. SOP 98-1 requires that certain costs incurred, either from
internal or external sources, be capitalized as part of intangible assets and amortized on a straight-line basis over the useful life of the
software. During fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company recorded approximately $591,000, $193,000 and $11,000,
respectively, as amortization expense for certain software development projects that were completed. Planning, training, support and
maintenance costs incurred either prior to or following the implementation phase are recognized as expense in the period in which
they occur. The Company evaluates the carrying values of capitalized software to determine if the carrying values are impaired, and,
if necessary, an impairment loss is recorded in the period in which the impairment is determined to have occurred.
Stock-Based Compensation
Effective July 1, 2005, which was the first day of the Company’s fiscal year 2006, the Company adopted the fair value
recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment, using the modified-prospective transition method. Under this
method, compensation cost recognized in each of the fiscal years ended June 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006 include: (a) compensation cost
for all share-based payments granted and not vested prior to July 1, 2005, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance
with the original provisions of SFAS No. 123, and (b) compensation cost for all share-based payments granted subsequent to June 30,
2005 based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R).
Since stock-based compensation expense recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the fiscal years ended
June 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006 is based on awards expected to vest, the compensation expense has been reduced for estimated
forfeitures. SFAS No. 123(R) requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods
if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The Company considers historical forfeiture experience to be one of several indicators
of future forfeitures and has reduced the forfeiture rate from 10.5% at June 30, 2006, to 9% at June 30, 2007 and to 5% at June 30,
2008.
For stock option grants, we calculate stock-based compensation by estimating the fair value of each option using the
Black-Scholes option pricing model. Our determination of the fair values of such stock option awards is made as of their respective
dates of grant using that option pricing model and that determination is affected by our stock price as well as assumptions regarding a
number of subjective variables. These variables include, but are not limited to, expected stock price volatility over the term of the
awards, the expected term of the options, the dividend yield and actual and projected employee stock option exercise behavior. The
Black-Scholes option pricing model was developed for use in estimating the value of traded options that have no vesting or hedging
restrictions and are fully transferable. Because the Company’s employee stock options have certain characteristics that are
significantly different from traded options, the Black-Scholes option pricing model may not provide an accurate measure of the fair
value of the outstanding stock options. Although the fair value of employee stock options is determined in accordance with SFAS No.
123(R) using an option-pricing model, that fair value also may not be indicative of the fair value that would be paid in a willing
buyer/willing seller market transaction.
The calculated compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period
of the option beginning as of the adoption date of SFAS No. 123(R), which was July 1, 2005, or the date the option was granted,
whichever date occurred later.
We issue stock options and restricted stock to employees and outside directors whose only condition for vesting is continued
employment or service during the related vesting period. Typically, the vesting period is four years for employee awards and six
months to one year for director awards, although awards are sometimes granted with immediate vesting or longer vesting periods. The
term of the options may not exceed ten years; however, an optionee’s options will terminate sooner in the event of a cessation of the
optionee’s service with the Company prior to the expiration date of the option. During fiscal years 2007 and 2008, the Company
awarded an aggregate of 56,760 and 21,359 shares of restricted stock, respectively, to the Company’s CEO and CFO and to the
non-management directors, and in connection with those awards, recorded, as part of general administrative expenses in the
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended June 30, 2007 and 2008, respectively, approximately $164,000 and
$352,000 in stock-based compensation expense. Compensation expense is determined for the issuance of restricted shares to
employees or non-employee directors by amortizing over the requisite service period, or the vesting period, the aggregate fair value of
the restricted shares awarded based on the closing price of the Company’s common stock effective on the date the award is made.
76
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
We recognized stock-based compensation (which includes compensations costs related to the issuance of restricted stock and
stock option grants) of $1,225,000, $890,000 and $670,000 during fiscal 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Stock-based
compensation is recorded as part of (i) costs of sales, in the case of stock awards granted to employees whose costs are classified as
cost of revenues, (ii) selling and marketing expenses in the case of stock awards granted to marketing and sales personnel and
(iii) general and administrative expenses in the case of stock awards granted to directors, executive and financial management and
administrative personnel, as follows:
Cost of revenues
Selling and marketing expenses
General and administrative expenses
Year Ended June 30,
2007
2008
2006
$
$
339,000 $
(7,000)
893,000
1,225,000 $
194,000 $
8,000
688,000
890,000 $
302,000
1,000
367,000
670,000
The weighted-average grant date fair values of employee stock options granted during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2008,
2007 and 2006 were $3.80, $5.56 and $6.57, respectively, which were determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and
the following weighted-average assumptions:
Dividend yield
Expected volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Expected lives
2008
2007
2006
6.9%
48.0%
3.9%
2.6%
51.0%
4.6%
2.3%
58.0%
4.7%
6.0
years
5.1
years
5.1
years
Beginning with the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2006, we have made consecutive quarterly dividend payments to our
stockholders, and, accordingly, we have incorporated a dividend yield assumption in the determination of the fair value of stock
options granted using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. For those options granted during fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006, the
dividend yield assumptions were 6.9%, 2.6% and 2.3%, respectively, which were determined by computing the percentage of the
annual dividend rate per share to the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the date of the grant.
The Company uses historical averages to determine the expected term of an option, which considers such variables as the
minimum expected term and post-vesting behavior, and, as a result, increased the expected term of those options granted in fiscal year
2008 to 6.0 years from 5.1 years, which was applied to those grants made in fiscal years 2007 and 2006.
The total amount of compensation expense related to unvested stock option and restricted stock awards not yet recognized at
June 30, 2008 was $1,056,000 and that amount will be recognized as compensation expense as follows:
Fiscal Year Ending
June 30,
2009
2010
2011
2012
Amount
645,000
271,000
124,000
16,000
1,056,000
$
However, such amounts, which are non-cash expenses, do not include the cost of new stock options or stock awards that may
be granted in future periods nor any changes in the Company’s forfeiture percentage.
77
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
SFAS No. 123(R) requires the cash flows from the tax benefits resulting from tax deductions in excess of the compensation cost
recognized for those options (excess tax benefits) to be classified as financing cash flows. There were no such excess tax benefits
resulting from the exercise of stock options for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006.
Net Income (Loss) Per Share
We compute net income or loss per share in accordance with SFAS No. 128, Earnings Per Share. SFAS No. 128 requires
the presentation of basic and diluted earnings per share. Basic net income per share is computed by dividing net income attributable to
common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the periods presented. Diluted net
income per share is computed by dividing net income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of
common and common equivalent shares outstanding during the period presented assuming the exercise of all outstanding stock
options and other dilutive securities. However, options with exercise prices that exceed the average market price of the Company’s
shares for any period for which the calculation of diluted net income per share is made are disregarded, because they are non-dilutive
in their effect.
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per common share (in thousands except
per share data):
Income (loss) from continuing operations
Income from discontinued operations, net of gain on sales ofdiscontinued
businesses (net of income taxes)
Net income (loss)
Net income (loss) per basic share:
From continuing operations
From discontinued operations, net of gain on sales of discontinued businesses (net
of income taxes)
Net income (loss)
Net income (loss) per diluted share:
From continuing operations
From discontinued operations, net of gain on sales ofdiscontinued businesses (net
of income taxes)
Net income (loss)
Weighted-average shares outstanding:
Basic
Effect of dilutive shares
Diluted
Year Ended June 30,
2007
2006
2008
$
(15,630) $
(743) $
(2)
(15,632) $
228
(515) $
(1.85) $
(0.09) $
-
(1.85) $
0.03
(0.06) $
(1.85) $
(0.09) $
-
(1.85) $
0.03
(0.06) $
$
$
$
$
$
3,404
296
3,700
0.40
0.04
0.44
0.39
0.03
0.42
8,450
-
8,450
8,367
-
8,367
8,473
309
8,782
Options and warrants to purchase approximately 1,073,000, 1,062,000 and 689,000 shares of common stock for the years
ended June 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, at exercise prices up to $24.00 per share, were not included in the computation of
diluted earnings per share because the respective exercise prices of those options and warrants were greater than the average market
price of our shares for the respective period.
Comprehensive Income
The Company does not have any items of other comprehensive income requiring separate disclosure.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
In accordance with SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, the Company is required to evaluate the carrying
value of its goodwill and certain indefinite-lived intangible assets at least annually for impairment, or more frequently if facts and
circumstances indicate that impairment has occurred. Management formally evaluates the carrying value of its goodwill and other
indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment on the anniversary date of each of the acquisitions that gave rise to the recording of
such assets. If the carrying value of a “reporting unit”, as defined by SFAS No. 142 as an operating segment of an entity that contains
goodwill, is determined to be less than the fair value of the reporting
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
78
unit, there exists the possibility of impairment of goodwill. An impairment loss of goodwill is measured in two steps by allocating first
the current fair value of the reporting unit to net assets and liabilities including recorded and unrecorded other intangible assets to
determine the implied carrying value of goodwill. The next step is to measure the difference between the carrying value of goodwill
and the implied carrying value of goodwill, and, if the implied goodwill is less than the carrying value of goodwill, record an
impairment loss of goodwill as the difference between the implied and carrying value amounts on the Consolidated Statements of
Operations in the period in which the impairment is determined.
During fiscal year 2008, we completed our annual review of the carrying value of goodwill acquired with the acquisitions of
CoinFacts, Inc. (“CFI”) and Certified Coin Exchange (“CCE”), which were consummated during fiscal year 2006 and Expos, which
we acquired in fiscal year 2007 and, on the basis of those reviews, determined that no impairments had occurred. Following the
acquisitions of GCAL and Gemprint in fiscal year 2006 and Diamond ID (“DID”) in fiscal 2007 for the purpose of performing
goodwill impairment testing, we combined GCAL, DID and Gemprint (the “GCAL Reporting Unit”) into the same reporting unit, as
the operating characteristics of those businesses and market opportunities are very similar. During prior quarters of fiscal 2008, we
had completed the annual impairment testing for this reporting unit and AGL and determined on the basis of those tests that no
impairment existed in either reporting unit. We determined during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008 that the continued significant losses
by these reporting units, the inability of these reporting units to meet or exceed projections set forth in the most recent annual
impairment tests and the uncertainty of future revenues, income and related cash flows, constituted a “triggering event” as provided by
SFAS No. 142 and SFAS No. 144 Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets and that the measurement of an
implied carrying value of goodwill and associated impairment loss was required. Under SFAS No. 144, long-lived assets that are
subject to depreciation or amortization over their useful lives are first tested for impairment prior to any testing for goodwill under
SFAS No. 142. During fiscal 2008, approximately $2,169,000 was recorded as an impairment loss related to long-lived assets other
than goodwill, of which approximately $1,817,000 was related to the GCAL Reporting Unit and $352,000 was related to AGL.
Using an income approach such as a discounted cash flow model and other market indicators of fair value, we determined at
June 30, 2008 that the fair value of the GCAL Reporting Unit was approximately $6,000,000 and AGL’s fair value was approximately
$2,200,000 as compared to the carrying values, as of the same date, of these units that were approximately $13,600,000 and
$4,200,000, respectively. The fair values of the net assets and liabilities including recorded and unrecorded other intangible assets as
of the same date were approximately $5,101,000 and $1,751,000 for the GCAL Reporting Unit and AGL, respectively, which gave
rise to the implied carrying values of goodwill of $899,000 and $449,000, respectively. The then carrying values of goodwill of
$8,166,000 and $2,246,000 for the GCAL Reporting Unit and AGL, respectively, as compared to the implied carrying values gave rise
to the impairment losses of goodwill of $7,267,000 and $1,797,000, respectively.
79
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
The following table sets forth, by reporting unit, the amounts classified as goodwill and intangible assets, net, on our balance
sheets as of June 30, 2007 and 2008 in thousands of dollars:
Goodwill:
Balance at June 30, 2006
Acquired during FY2007:
AGL
Expos Unlimited
Gemprint
Balance at June 30, 2007
Adjustments during FY2008:
AGL
CCE
Gemprint
Impairment loss during FY2008
Balance at June 30, 2008
Intangible Assets, Net:
Balance at June 30, 2006
Acquired during FY2007 with
indefinite lives:
AGL, net of $16 loss
Expos Unlimited
GCAL
Reporting
Unit
Coins
AGL
Expos
and Other
Total
CCE
$
515 $
8,167 $
- $
- $
1,117 $
9,799
$
$
$
-
-
-
515 $
-
-
-
-
515 $
-
-
1
8,168 $
2,083
-
-
2,083 $
-
-
(2)
(7,267)
899 $
163
-
-
(1,797)
449 $
-
1,001
-
1,001 $
-
-
-
-
1,001 $
-
-
-
1,117 $
2,083
1,001
1
12,884
-
(7)
-
-
1,110 $
163
(7)
(2)
(9,064)
3,974
29 $
3,365 $
- $
- $
1,280 $
4,674
-
-
-
-
1,914
-
-
740
-
-
1,914
740
Acquired during FY2007 with definite
lives:
AGL
Expos Unlimited
Diamond I.D.
CCE
Less: amortization for FY2007
Capitalized software costs during
FY2007
Less: amortization for FY2007
Balance at June 30, 2007
$
Acquired by GCAL in FY2008 with
definite life
Less: amortization for FY2008
Less: fair value adjustment of AGL
purchase price
Capitalized software costs during
FY2008
Less: amortization for FY2008
Impairment loss during FY2008
Balance at June 30, 2008
$
-
-
-
-
(29)
523
(111)
412 $
-
-
-
47
(165)
-
294 $
-
-
332
-
(297)
658
(45)
4,013 $
1,100
-
-
-
(98)
-
-
2,916 $
-
1,070
-
-
(110)
-
-
1,700 $
20
(328)
-
(114)
-
(110)
-
(274)
-
97
(216)
(1,508)
2,078 $
-
-
(352)
2,176 $
-
-
-
1,590 $
-
-
-
2
(223)
1,100
1,070
332
2
(757)
302
(37)
1,324 $
1,483
(193)
10,365
-
(50)
-
1,292
(210)
-
2,356 $
20
(602)
(274)
1,436
(591)
(1,860)
8,494
Amortization expense for each of the five succeeding years relating to intangible assets with definite lives currently recorded
in the Consolidated Balance Sheets is estimated to be as follows at June 30:
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
$
$
$
$
$
1,498,000
1,412,000
972,000
545,000
467,000
The weighted average amortization period remaining as of June 30, 2008 is approximately 6.0 years.
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
Approximately $2.4 million of the $4.0 million classified as goodwill on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at June 30, 2008 is
amortizable and deductible for tax purposes over a period of 15 years.
80
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In December 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards (“SFAS”) No. 141(R), Business Combinations (Revised). This standard will replace SFAS No. 141, Business
Combinations, but will retain the fundamental requirements in Statement 141 that the acquisition method (which Statement 141 called
the purchase method) be used for all business combinations and for an acquirer to be identified for each business
combination. Changes being made by Statement 141(R) to previously issued authoritative guidance include requiring that: (i) assets
and liabilities arising from contingencies be recognized at fair value as of the date of the acquisition as opposed to future periods
when, or if, any or all of the contingencies may be resolved, (ii) certain pre-acquisition related costs (such as those that were
previously accounted for as part of the acquisition) be accounted for outside of the acquisition, and (iii) tangible and intangible assets
acquired at the time of the acquisition related to in-process research and development be accounted for as an asset and carried at fair
value at the time of the acquisition and subject to impairment testing. SFAS No. 141(R) will apply to all business combinations for
which the acquisition date occurs after the beginning of the first reporting period following December 15, 2008. Earlier adoption is
prohibited. Statement 141(R) has no impact on recent acquisitions completed by the Company.
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements – an
Amendment of ARB No. 51. This Statement amends ARB No. 51 to establish accounting and reporting standards for the
noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary, usually referred to as minority interests and for the deconsolidation of such subsidiaries. This
statement also clarifies that a noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary is an ownership interest in the consolidated entity that should be
reported as equity in the consolidated financial statements. This statement is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within
those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2008. Earlier adoption is prohibited. Statement 160 has no impact on the
Company, as all of our subsidiaries are wholly-owned by us.
In March 2008, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities-an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 133. SFAS No. 161 expands the current disclosure
requirements of SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, such that entities must now provide
enhanced disclosures on a quarterly basis regarding how and why the entity uses derivatives; how derivatives and related hedged items
are accounted for under SFAS No. 133 and how derivatives and related hedge items affect the entity’s financial position, performance
and cash flow. Pursuant to the transition provisions of the Statement, the Company will adopt SFAS No. 161 in fiscal year 2009. This
Statement is not expected to have an impact on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.
On November 5, 2007, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) issued Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 109
that supersedes SAB No. 105, Application of Accounting Principles to Loan Commitments. SAB No. 105 stated that, in the view of
the SEC Staff, when measuring the fair value of a derivative loan commitment, it would be inappropriate to incorporate the expected
net future cash flows related to the associated servicing of the loan. This SAB supersedes SAB No. 105 and expresses the current
view of the SEC Staff that, consistent with the guidance in SFAS No. 156, Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets, and SFAS
No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, the expected net future cash flows related to the
associated servicing of the loan should be included in the measurement of all written loan commitments that are accounted for at fair
value through earnings. SAB No. 109 has no impact on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.
On December 21, 2007, the SEC issued SAB No. 110 in which the SEC updated its position in SAB 107 concerning the use
of a “simplified” method to calculate the expected term used in the determination of the fair value of a stock option using the
Black-Scholes-Merton closed-form model. Under SAB No. 107, the SEC had limited the use of the “simplified” approach until
December 31, 2007 under the assumption that registrants would be able to develop adequate factual histories instead of relying upon a
simplified approach. Under SAB No. 110, use of the simplified approach is permitted beyond December 31, 2007 under certain
circumstances. SAB No. 110 has no impact on our determination of the expected term assumption used in the Black-Scholes-Merton
model, as the Company has not previously utilized the simplified method.
In April 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FAS 142-3, Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets
(“FSP 142-3”). FSP 142-3 amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to
determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets . FSP 142-3
must be applied prospectively to all intangible assets acquired as of and subsequent to fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008,
and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is prohibited. FSP 142-3 has no impact on recent acquisitions completed
by the Company.
81
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
In May 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 162, The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“SFAS 162”).
SFAS 162 identifies the sources of accounting principles and provides entities with a framework for selecting the principles used in
preparation of financial statements that are presented in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. The adoption of
SFAS 162 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.
3.
Business Acquisitions
On July 14, 2005, we acquired substantially all the assets of CoinFacts.com for $500,000 in cash and $15,000 in
directly-related costs. CoinFacts.com operates an Internet website on which it publishes detailed proprietary historical information on
U.S. coins. The amount of $515,000 was classified as goodwill at June 30, 2008 and 2007.
On September 2, 2005, we acquired all of the common stock of Certified Coin Exchange and all of the common stock of an
affiliated business, computertradingpost.com, Inc. (“CTP”), for an aggregate purchase price of $2,217,000 in cash and directly-related
costs of $160,000. At June 30, 2008 and 2007, $1,110,000 and $1,117,000, respectively, were classified as goodwill based upon the
purchase price of $2,377,000 allocated over net tangible assets acquired of $320,000 and intangible assets acquired of $947,000. CCE
operates a subscription-based dealer-to-dealer Internet bid-ask market for third-party certified coins.
We were required to purchase CTP as a condition to its acquisition of CCE. At the time we consummated the CCE
acquisition, we intended to dispose of CTP, and effective November 30, 2005, disposed of CTP. See Note 4 below.
On November 8, 2005, we acquired Gem Certification & Appraisal Lab, LLC, a gemological certification and grading
laboratory. As part of that transaction, we also acquired all of the common stock of Diamond Profile Laboratory, Inc. (“DPL”), a
scientific diamond light performance analysis laboratory and all publishing and other rights to Palmieri’s Market Monitor, an
educational and informative industry publication. We paid an aggregate acquisition price of $3,000,000 in cash for GCAL, DPL and
the publishing and other rights to Palmieri’s Market Monitor, and assumed $50,000 of certain transaction-related costs and
directly-related costs of $218,000 for an aggregate purchase price of $3,268,000. At June 30, 2007, $3,068,000 of the purchase price
was classified as goodwill based upon the purchase price of $3,268,000 allocated over net tangible assets acquired of $147,000 and
intangible assets acquired of $53,000.
On December 22, 2005, we acquired the business and substantially all of the assets of Gemprint Corporation. These assets
consisted primarily of a patented technology for non-invasive diamond identification which Gemprint used to digitally capture the
unique refractive light pattern (or “Gemprint”) of each diamond that is processed with that technology. We paid a purchase price for
that business and those assets, consisting of $7,500,000 in cash, assumed certain pre-acquisition liabilities and a lease commitment in
the aggregate amount of $212,000, and incurred directly-related costs of $870,000. We also agreed to pay $1 for each diamond that
the Company registers using the Gemprint process in excess of 100,000 registrations during any year in the five-year period ending
December 22, 2010. At June 30, 2007, $5,100,000 were classified as goodwill, respectively, based upon the aggregate purchase price
of $8,582,000 allocated over net tangible assets acquired of $40,000 and intangible assets acquired of $3,444,000.
GCAL has incorporated the Gemprint process into its GCAL business process, so that each GCAL authenticated and graded
diamond can also carry a Gemprint image stored in GCAL’s registered database. The Gemprint process enables GCAL to provide an
additional measure of protection by enabling it to detect misrepresentations of diamond quality that can occur by, for example,
switching a diamond grading certificate issued for a higher quality diamond to a lower quality diamond.
On September 21, 2006, we acquired an existing patent and other intangible assets from Diamond I.D., Inc. (“DID”) for
$332,000, which includes other direct costs of approximately $37,000, and included these assets as part of intangible assets, net, on the
Consolidated Balance Sheets at June 30, 2007. The acquisition of those assets did not constitute a business combination. During
fiscal years 2008 and 2007, approximately $42,000 and $33,000, respectively, were recorded as amortization expense with respect to
these assets.
82
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
As described in detail in note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements under the heading Goodwill and Other Intangible
Assets, GCAL, Gemprint and the DID asset purchase acquisitions were combined into a single reporting unit for the purposes of
evaluating goodwill and other long-lived assets for impairment. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008, an impairment loss was
recorded as part of impairment loss of goodwill within the Consolidated Statements of Operations of $7,267,000, which resulted in a
reduction of the carrying value of goodwill to approximately $899,000 at June 30, 2008. For the same fiscal year, an impairment loss
in the aggregate of $1,817,000 was recorded as part of impairment loss of other intangible assets and other assets within the
Consolidated Statements of Operations consisting of the impairment loss of $1,508,000 for other intangible assets, a loss of $133,000
for other assets, and a loss of $176,000 related to the impairment of equipment. During the fourth quarter of 2008, we determined that
the carrying value of the DID asset acquisition of approximately $257,000 was impaired, and we recorded an impairment loss of
$257,000 as part of the impairment loss of $1,508,000 in connection with other intangible assets.
As part of the acquisition of GCAL, the Company acquired certain assets from Gemological Appraisal Association (“GAA”), a
business owned and managed by the current President of GCAL. As part of the acquisition agreement, GAA entered into a sublease
agreement with GCAL, which expired in May 2008, to sublet 50% of the leased premises of GCAL and also reimburse GCAL for
50% of other occupancy costs. From the date of acquisition to June 30, 2006, GAA paid approximately $25,000 under the sub-lease
agreement, and approximately $6,000 for reimbursable occupancy expenses. During fiscal years 2008 and 2007, GAA paid
approximately $45,000 and $45,000 under the sub-lease agreement and approximately $11,000 and $12,000 for reimbursable
occupancy expenses, respectively. In the normal course of business, GAA was charged and paid $315 and $2,500 in grading and
consultation fees by GCAL during fiscal years 2008 and 2007.
Effective July 1, 2006, we acquired the assets and business of Expos Unlimited LLC (“Expos”), a trade show management
company, that operates the Long Beach and the Santa Clara, California coin, stamp and collectibles expositions. The purchase price
for this business was $2,400,000 in cash and other direct costs of approximately $75,000. Based on the future revenues of Expos, the
Company may be obligated to make contingent payments of up to an aggregate of $750,000 in July 2011. A fair value of $1,810,000
was assigned to identifiable intangible assets, and $193,000 and $529,000 were allocated to net assets acquired and assumed liabilities,
respectively. The excess of the purchase price that we paid for Expos over the fair values of net assets acquired and liabilities
assumed, which totaled $1,001,000, was recorded as goodwill for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2008 and 2007.
In connection with the Company's acquisition of the business and assets of Expos, the Company assumed a lease for the
offices at which Expos conducts its operations. The landlord under that lease is a trust of which the trustee is the former president of
Expos, who has been retained to provide services to the Company under a five year consulting agreement for consulting fees of
$250,000 per year. The lease provides for lease payments by the Company of $3,000 per month for a term of three years with a
one-time security deposit of $3,000. The lease is renewable for successive periods of one year each, subject to the right of either party
to terminate the lease prior to commencement of any such one year renewal period. During fiscal year 2008 and 2007, the Company
paid $37,000 and $36,000 in lease payments for the Expos office site. During fiscal year 2007, the Company paid $3,000 as a security
deposit for the lease.
On August 18, 2006, we acquired all the common stock of American Gemological Laboratories (“AGL”), an international
colored gemstone certification and grading laboratory. AGL is a third party authentication and grading services for colored
gemstones, including colored gemstones that are sold at auctions and by jewelry retailers. We paid an acquisition price of $3,500,000
in cash for AGL, approximately $233,000 of other directly-related costs and $214,000 representing a payment to settle a loan
obligation of AGL to the seller of AGL. In addition, depending on AGL’s future revenues, we may become obligated to make
contingent payments of up to an aggregate of $3,500,000 over the five years following the closing of the acquisition. During the
second quarter of fiscal year 2008, we finalized the previously reported allocation of the purchase price for AGL over the net assets
acquired, including intangible assets, such that goodwill was revised from $2,083,000 at June 30, 2007 to $2,246,000 prior to the
evaluation and ultimate impairment of goodwill during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008. For the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2008, we
recorded a goodwill impairment loss of $1,797,000 on the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended June 30, 2008,
which resulted in a reduction of the carrying value of goodwill to approximately $449,000 at June 30, 2008. We also recorded
impairment losses of $230,000 and $122,000 in the carrying values of indefinite-lived and definite-lived other intangible assets,
respectively, in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for fiscal year 2008.
The operating results of each of these acquired businesses were consolidated into the Company's financial statements from
the respective dates of their acquisition.
83
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
The following table summarizes the historical purchase price allocations with respect to the Expos and AGL business
acquisitions, and the Diamond I.D. asset acquisition completed in fiscal year 2007 and the acquisitions made in fiscal year 2006 for
CCE, GCAL, CoinFacts, and Gemprint, and gives effect to the goodwill impairment loss of $9,064,000 recorded in the fourth quarter
of 2008.
Purchase Price
CoinFacts CCE
515 $
$
2,377 $
DID Expos
332 $
11,850 $
AGL
Total
2,475 $
3,947 $
21,496
GCAL &
Gemprint
Value Assigned to Assets and
Liabilities:
Net tangible assets
Intangible assets-finite lived
Intangible assets-indefinite lived
Net assets and liabilities acquired
-
-
-
-
320
908
39
1,267
187
3,064
433
3,684
-
332
-
332
(336)
1,070
740
1,474
(1,329)
1,100
1,930
1,701
(1,158)
6,474
3,142
8,458
Excess of purchase price
(goodwill)
Goodwill acquired in:
Fiscal year 2006
Fiscal year 2007
Fiscal year 2008 (adjustments)
Impairment losses in:
Fiscal year 2008
Goodwill at June 30, 2008
$
515 $
1,110 $
8,166 $
- $
1,001 $
2,246 $
13,038
515
-
-
515 $
1,117
-
(7)
1,110 $
8,167
1
(2)
8,166 $
-
515 $
-
1,110 $
(7,267)
899 $
-
-
-
- $
-
- $
-
1,001
-
1,001 $
-
2,083
163
2,246 $
9,799
3,085
154
13,038
-
1,001 $
(1,797)
449 $
(9,064)
3,974
$
$
Intangible assets with finite lives for the acquisitions completed in fiscal years 2007 and 2006 are being amortized on a
straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, as follows:
Customer
relationships
Software/Acquired
technology
Covenant not to
compete
Technology,
including patents
Auctioneer
relationships
Exhibitor
relationships
CCE Gemprint
Expos
15 years
2 years
5 years
-
-
-
AGL
10 years
10 years
-
-
8 years
8.5 years
-
-
-
10 years
-
-
-
10 years
10 years
-
-
-
The useful lives subject to amortization preceding the impairment test conducted in the fourth quarter of 2008 for
software/acquired technology and the acquired patents related to the Gemprint acquisition were 7 and 20 years, respectively, and were
presented separately. Following the impairment review, these intangible assets were combined into “technology, including patents”
and subject to a revised period of amortization of 10 years following the December 2005 acquisition date.
84
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
The following pro forma financial data presents the unaudited pro-forma consolidated statements of operations for the
Company for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006 based on the assumption that the AGL and Expos acquisitions had
been completed as of July 1, 2005, rather than on the actual dates of their acquisition. These pro forma unaudited statements of
operations do not purport to represent what the Company’s actual results of operations would have been had these acquisitions been
consummated on July 1, 2005 and are not necessarily indicative of the Company’s results of operations for any subsequent fiscal year.
Unaudited
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
(In Thousands, except per share data)
2007
2008
2006
$
41,984
$
40,529
$
39,693
Revenue
Operating income
(loss)
Interest income, net
Other income
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes
Provision (benefit) for income
taxes
Income (loss) from continuing
operations
Income from discontinued
operations
Net income (loss)
(17,768)
1,117
5
(16,646)
(1,016)
(15,630)
(2)
$
(15,632) $
(2,948)
2,123
6
(819)
(53)
(766)
228
(538) $
Net income (loss) per diluted share:
Income (loss) from continuing operations
Income from discontinued
operations
Net income (loss)
$
$
$
(1.85) $
(0.09) $
-
$
(1.85) $
0.03
$
(0.06) $
4. Discontinued Operations
3,712
1,958
24
5,694
2,547
3,147
309
3,456
0.36
0.03
0.39
In fiscal 2004, we implemented a plan to focus our financial and management resources, and collectibles expertise, on the
operations and growth of our grading and authentication businesses, and to divest our collectibles auctions and direct sales businesses.
Accordingly, in accordance with SFAS No. 144, the assets and related liabilities of the collectibles sales businesses, and
Computertradingpost.com, Inc. (“CTP”) (see below), have been classified as held for sale in the accompanying Consolidated Balance
Sheets at June 30, 2008 and 2007 and the related operating results have been classified as discontinued operations in the
accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006.
We retained certain assets and liabilities of the collectibles sales businesses, which we have disposed of or liquidated
subsequent to the disposition of those businesses. In addition, we realized certain additional contingent consideration on the sale of
one of those businesses, which was recognized when the amount of that consideration became determinable.
In connection with and as a condition of our acquisition of CCE in September 2005, we were required to purchase the
common stock of CTP, an entity affiliated with the owner of CCE. Our intent at the date of acquisition was to dispose of CTP, and we
disposed of CTP in November 2005. The operating results of CTP are classified as part of discontinued operations from the date of its
acquisition through the date of its disposal, and we recognized a loss of $16,000 on the disposal of CTP. As part of the consideration
for the sale of CTP, we recorded a note receivable of $458,000, bearing interest at 10% per annum and payable over five years. We
have a security interest in the assets of CTP and certain personal assets of the purchaser. At June 30, 2008 and 2007, the carrying
values of the note were $230,000 and $321,000, respectively, of which the current portion, at June 30, 2008 and 2007 was
approximately $92,000, and is included as part of the current portion of receivables from sale of net assets of discontinued operations.
85
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
The operating results of the discontinued collectible sales businesses and CTP which are included in the accompanying
Consolidated Statements of Operations, are as follows (in thousands):
2008
Years Ended June 30,
2007
2006
Net revenues
$
28
$
84
$
480
Income (loss) from
operations
Gain on sale of discontinued businesses
Income tax expense
(benefit)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
(3)
(3)
(1)
(2) $
140
259
399
171
228
$
161
408
569
273
296
$
The following table contains summary balance sheet information (in thousands) with respect to the liabilities of the
collectible sales businesses held for sale that is included in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets:
Current liabilities:
Other current liabilities
5. Inventories
Inventories consist of the following at June 30:
Coins
Other collectibles
Grading raw materials consumable inventory
Less inventory reserve
June 30,
2008
2007
$
$
9
9
$
-
-
(in thousands)
2008
2007
$
$
751
28
295
1,074
(91)
983
$
$
253
33
247
533
(91)
442
The inventory reserve represents a valuation allowance on certain items of our coins and other collectibles inventories based
upon our review of the current market value of such coins and collectibles.
6.
Customer Notes Receivable
During the fourth quarter of 2005, our wholly-owned subsidiary, Collectors Finance Corporation (CFC), implemented a
dealer financing program, pursuant to which it offers short term loans to collectibles dealers and customers with established credit
histories that are willing to collateralize the loans with coins or other collectibles that have been or will be authenticated and graded by
us. A customer is required to repay the loan at maturity or, if sooner, on return to the customer of the coins or other collectibles that
collateralize the loan. In the event that we return only a portion of the coins or other collectibles being held as collateral for the loan,
then the customer is required to make a principal reduction payment at that time to maintain adequate collateral coverage for the loan
or to pledge other collectibles as security for the loan. These short term loans bear interest at a rate based on the prevailing prime rate
of interest at the time the loan is made.
86
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
The following table sets forth, in thousands of dollars, the total principal amounts of loans made to customers, net of
repayments, or the total amounts of customer repayments, net of loans made, under the dealer finance program in fiscal years 2008,
2007 and 2006 respectively.
Loan advances
(repayments)
$
3,106
$
(1,378) $
2,253
2008
Years Ended June 30,
2007
2006
During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2008, CFC made the decision to sell certain loans outstanding. In the event of a sale
of such notes, the related collateral will be transferred to the buyer. At June 30, 2008, approximately $3,579,000 of CFC customer
notes receivable were reclassified as held for sale on the Consolidated Balance Sheet in accordance with SOP No. 01-6, Accounting by
Certain Entities That Lend to or Finance the Activities of Others, which requires that financial instruments such as notes receivables
be classified as held for sale with a value that is the lower of cost or market once a decision has been made to sell such loans. See note
18.
In addition to the principal amounts loaned by CFC under this program, we recorded a note receivable from a customer in the
principal amount of $132,000, in September 2006 that matured and was repaid in December 2007. Because the stated interest rate on
that note was 0%; we discounted the note to a carrying value of approximately $114,000 at September 30, 2006 using an imputed
interest rate, per annum, of 11.25%, which was the interest rate applied to similar notes receivables held by CFC. At June 30, 2007,
the carrying value of the note was approximately $124,000, and, accordingly, $10,000 and $8,000 were recorded as interest income
during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007 and 2008, respectively.
We routinely perform an analysis of the expected collectability of customer notes receivable based on several factors,
including the age and extent of significant past due amounts, economic conditions or trends that may adversely affect the ability of
customers to pay those notes and the value of the collateral securing the repayment of the outstanding balances and may establish an
allowance for possible losses on those notes based on those analyses. At June 30, 2008 and 2007, we had allowances for
uncollectible amounts of $31,000 and $23,000, respectively, to cover deficiencies in collateral.
7.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment consist of the following at June 30:
Coins, stamp, and gemstone grading reference sets
Computer hardware and equipment
Computer software
Equipment
Furniture and office equipment
Leasehold improvements
Trading card reference library
$
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
Property and equipment, net
$
(in thousands)
2008
2007
610
1,876
1,035
4,206
1,117
1,598
52
10,494
(6,012)
4,482
$
$
222
1,664
1,027
3,366
1,064
1,452
52
8,847
(4,766)
4,081
Depreciation and amortization expense relating to property and equipment for fiscal 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $1,246,000,
$891,000 and $486,000, respectively. During the year ended June 30, 2008, we recorded $176,000 as part of impairment loss of other
intangible assets and other assets within the Consolidated Statements of Operations in connection with the impairment of equipment
used in the Gemprint business. In fiscal year 2007, we recorded an aggregate amount of $39,000 consisting of $25,000 of equipment
used in the Gemprint business and $14,000 of equipment acquired, but not used, by a business unrelated to the jewelry businesses.
87
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
8.
Accrued Liabilities
Accrued liabilities consisted of the following at June 30:
Warranty reserve
Professional fees
Other
(in thousands)
2008
2007
$
$
687
125
954
1,766
$
$
735
183
1,236
2,154
Warranty reserve activity and balances related to fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006, were as follows (in thousands):
Warranty reserve June 30, 2005
Charged to cost of revenues
Payments
Warranty reserve at June 30, 2006
Charged to cost of revenues
Payments
Warranty reserve at June 30, 2007
Charged to cost of revenues
Payments
Warranty reserve at June 30, 2008
$
$
$
609
492
(391)
710
389
(364)
735
1,329
(1,377)
687
9.
Income Taxes
Set forth below are the provision (benefit) for income taxes for the years ended June 30:
Current:
Federal
State
Deferred:
Federal
State
Total provision (benefit) for income taxes
2008
(in thousands)
2007
2006
$
$
59 $
60
119
(2,049)
914
(1,135)
(1,016) $
(613) $
29
(584)
705
(160)
545
(39) $
2,360
9
2,369
(172)
536
364
2,733
88
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
The reconciliation of the provision (benefit) for income taxes computed at federal statutory rates to the provision (benefit) for
income taxes for the years ended June 30 was as follows:
Provision at federal statutory rates
State income taxes, net
Meals and entertainment
Tax exempt interest
Stock-based compensation
Other
AGL goodwill impairment
Valuation allowances
2008
(in thousands)
2007
2006
$
$
(5,659) $
650
89
(162)
274
77
610
3,105
(1,016) $
(266) $
(99)
94
227
5
-
-
(39) $
2,087
356
76
214
-
-
-
2,733
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and
liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of deferred taxes as
of June 30, 2008 and 2007, were as follows:
Deferred tax assets:
Stock compensation costs
Reserves and accruals
Net operating loss carryforward
State credits
Intangible assets
Other
Less: valuation allowance
Total deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities:
Goodwill and intangibles
Property and equipment
Other
Total deferred tax liabilities
Net deferred tax assets
Less: current portion
(in thousands)
2008
2007
682
1,093
2,210
1,049
867
141
(4,572)
1,470
-
-
(75)
(75)
1,395
(486)
909
$
$
496
1,037
159
802
-
74
(22)
2,546
(2,298)
(31)
(66)
(2,395)
151
(1,020)
(869)
$
$
Realization of the above deferred tax assets is dependent on generating sufficient taxable income in future periods and, in the
case of the net operating losses, we must generate sufficient income prior to their expiration and for the California Enterprise Zone
Credits, we must continue to generate taxable income in the California Enterprise Zone. Due to the length of time and the extent of
the taxable income required to fully realize the deferred tax assets related to the impairment loss and the California Enterprise Zone
Credits, the Company recorded a valuation allowance against such assets at June 30, 2008.
The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various states and has open tax periods for federal taxes for
the years ended June 30, 2005 through June 30, 2007 and for certain state tax jurisdictions for the years ended June 30, 1999 through
June 30, 2007.
At June 30, 2008, the Company had $1,376,000 of California Enterprise Zone Credits. These credits have no expiration
dates, and can only be utilized to offset taxable income generated in the California Enterprise Zone. The Company also has federal
and state net operating losses of $5,328,000 and 7,935,000, which will primarily begin to expire in 2027 and 2017.
89
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
As discussed in note 2, during the first quarter of fiscal 2008, the cumulative effects of applying FIN 48 were recorded as an
increase of $170,000 to accumulated deficit, an increase to income taxes payable of $279,000 and an increase to net deferred tax assets
of $109,000. Interest and penalties totaled $101,000 as of the date of adoption of FIN 48 and were accounted for as part of the total
adjustment to accumulated deficit of $170,000.
As of June 30, 2008, the liability for income taxes associated with uncertain tax positions was $380,000, including accrued
penalties and interest of $131,000. Of this amount, $261,000, if recognized, would favorably affect the Company’s effective tax rate
and $119,000 would decrease deferred tax assets.
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest and penalties, is as
follows (in 000’s):
Unrecognized tax benefits balance at June 30, 2007
Gross increased for tax positions of prior years
Gross decreases for tax positions of prior years
Gross increases for tax positions of current year
Settlements
Lapse of statute of limitations
Unrecognized tax benefits balance at June 30, 2008
$
$
208
-
-
41
-
-
249
The FIN 48 liability is reviewed quarterly and adjusted as events occur that affect potential liabilities for additional taxes,
such as lapsing of applicable statutes of limitations, proposed assessments by tax authorities, negotiations between tax authorities,
identification of new issues, and issuance of new legislation, regulations or case law. Managements believes that adequate amounts of
tax and related interest, if any, have been provided for any adjustments that may result from these examinations of uncertain tax
positions. The Company does not expect the FIN 48 liability to change significantly over the next year.
10.
Line of Credit
To provide a source of funds for its dealer financing program, in June 2005 CFC entered into a two-year revolving bank line
of credit agreement that permitted CFC to borrow, at any one time, up to the lesser of (i) $7,000,000 or (ii) an amount equal to 85% of
the aggregate principal amount of customer receivables that met the bank’s eligibility criteria. As of June 30, 2008 and 2007, no
borrowings had been obtained by CFC under this bank credit line. The credit line agreement provided that borrowings under this
credit line would bear interest at rates based on the bank’s prime rate or LIBOR, as applicable, and were to be secured by substantially
all the assets of CFC (including customer receivables and CFC’s security interests in customer owned loan collateral).
Costs of approximately $340,000 (comprised of a loan agreement fee, bank fees and legal fees) were incurred in connection
with this line of credit and were amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over the term of the revolving bank
line of credit agreement, which was the two years ended June 30, 2007. On a quarterly basis, CFC incurred an unused line fee at a rate
of 0.25% per annum, based on the average daily unused portion of the total facility during the quarter. On several occasions during
fiscal year 2008, the line of credit was extended to new dates and, on May 29, 2008, the maturity date was extended to July 31, 2008
by mutual agreement between the bank and CFC. The Company did not extend, or renew, the line of credit past the last extension
date of July 31, 2008.
CFC’s obligations under this line of credit had been guaranteed by the Company pursuant to a Continuing Guaranty
Agreement with the bank lender. The terms of that Agreement required the Company to be in compliance with certain financial and
other restrictive covenants, and require the consent of the lender (i) for the Company to pay cash dividends or repurchase shares of its
common stock in amounts exceeding its annual net income in any year, and (ii) to consummate more than $5,000,000 of business
acquisitions in any year.
90
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
11. Employee Benefit Plans
We established an employee benefit plan, effective July 1992, that features a 401(k) salary reduction provision covering all
employees who meet the eligibility requirements of the plan. Eligible employees are able to defer up to the lesser of 75% of their base
compensation or the statutorily prescribed annual limit.
12. Stockholders’ Equity
Dividends
On May 31, 2006, the Company adopted a dividend policy that called for the payment of quarterly cash dividends, each in
the amount of $0.08 per share for an expected total annual cash dividend of $0.32 per common share. The first of such quarterly cash
dividends under this policy of $0.08 per share was paid on June 28, 2006.
The quarterly dividend has since been increased by the Board of Directors on two occasions: (i) from $0.08 to $0.12 per
share of common stock effective in the third quarter of 2006; and (ii) from $0.12 to $0.25 per share of common stock, effective in the
first quarter of fiscal 2008. During fiscal 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company paid consecutive cash dividends in the aggregate
amounts of approximately $8,517,000, $3,350,000 and $674,000, respectively.
The declaration of cash dividends in the future, pursuant to the Company’s dividend policy, is subject to final determination
each quarter by the Board of Directors based on a number of factors, including the Company’s financial performance and its available
cash resources, its cash requirements and alternative uses of cash that the Board may conclude would represent an opportunity to
generate a greater return on investment for the Company. On September 26, 2008, the Board of Directors approved a suspension of
the quarterly cash dividend in the future and also approved a 10% stock dividend, which will be distributed on November 3, 2008 to
all stockholders of record as of October 20, 2008 (see note 18).
Stock Buyback Program
On December 6, 2005, we announced that our Board of Directors had approved a stock buyback program authorizing us to
make up to $10,000,000 of stock repurchases in the open market or private transactions, in accordance with applicable SEC
rules. During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006, pursuant to this program we repurchased and retired
approximately 232,000, 72,000 and 182,000 shares, respectively, of our common stock, for aggregate purchase prices (including
transaction costs) totaling approximately $2,209,000, $949,000 and $2,628,000, respectively. Accordingly, common stock at par
value and additional paid-in capital were reduced by the $2,209,000 and $949,000, respectively, in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as
of June 30, 2008 and 2007. We are under no obligation to repurchase any additional shares under this program, and the timing, actual
number and value of any additional shares that may be repurchased under this program will depend on a number of factors, including
the Company’s future financial performance, the Company’s available cash resources and competing uses for the cash, prevailing
market prices of the Company’s common stock and the number of shares that become available for sale at prices that the Company
believes are attractive.
Treasury Stock
Pursuant to a program approved by the Board of Directors in 2000, we had purchased 125,000 of our shares at an average
price of $8.16 per share during the period from September 25, 2000 to December 28, 2000 at an aggregate cost of
$1,021,000. During fiscal year 2007, we retired all of these shares and recorded a decrease to additional paid-in capital at June 30,
2007. Prior to that time, the repurchased shares were recorded as treasury shares in our Consolidated Balance Sheets.
91
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
Consulting Agreement
In July 1997, we granted options to an individual to purchase 133,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of
$1.31 per share as consideration for a five-year consulting agreement that commenced on July 1, 1997. The options vested in five
annual installments of 20% of the shares beginning on December 31, 1997 and continuing through December 31, 2001. In January
2007, these options were fully exercised, and as a result, the related estimated tax benefit of $623,000 was recorded as part of the
$633,000 credited to stockholders’ equity in fiscal 2007.
Supplier Compensation Cost
During fiscal 1999, we granted warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 150,000 shares of our common stock, at an
exercise price of $20.00 per share, to collectible experts providing content for our websites. These warrants vested immediately and
are exercisable over a ten-year term. The fair value of these warrants was expensed in fiscal 1999, and all of these warrants were
outstanding at June 30, 2008.
13.
Stock Incentive Plans
Through December 5, 2006, we had various stock incentive plans (the “Existing Plans”) which set aside a total of 1,479,750
shares of our common stock for grants of stock options and awards of restricted stock to our officers and other key employees and
directors.
The Existing Plans provided that the exercise price of all options (whether incentive or non-statutory), and the purchase price
of shares issued pursuant to restricted stock purchase rights, could not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the shares subject
to such options or rights (as the case may be) on the date of grant. However, the exercise price of incentive stock options granted to
any individual possessing 10% or more of the voting power of all classes of our stock (a “10% stockholder”) may not be granted at
less than 110% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the grant date. The timing of exercise for individual option
grants and restricted stock awards was at the discretion of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. Options could be
granted for a term of not more than ten years after the grant date (five years in the case of incentive stock options to any 10%
stockholder). In the event of a change in control of the Company, an option or award of shares under the Existing Plans would
become fully exercisable if an agreement was not reached that provided for the surviving corporation to assume such options or
awards or to substitute comparable options or awards for the options and awards granted under these Plans and any options that were
not exercised by the consummation date of the change of control would automatically terminate.
On December 5, 2006, the Board of Directors adopted and our stockholders approved the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (“2006
Plan”), which provides for the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights (commonly referred to as “SARs”), restricted stock
purchase rights and restricted stock units (collectively, “stock awards”), to officers and other employees and non-employee directors
of and consultants to the Company or its subsidiaries. At the time of the adoption of the 2006 Plan, a total of 444,000 shares of
common stock were still available for the future grant of stock options and restricted stock awards under the Existing Plans.
Pursuant to the provisions of the 2006 Plan, those 444,000 shares were “rolled over” into and became available for grants of
stock awards only under the 2006 Plan and the right to grant additional stock awards under the Existing Plans terminated. In addition,
while the stock options and restricted shares that were outstanding under the Existing Plans, which covered a total of 911,000 shares at
the time the 2006 Plan was approved, were unaffected by the adoption of the 2006 Plan, in the event any of those stock awards were to
terminate or any shares that were subject to outstanding stock options or restricted stock awards under the Existing Plans were to be
reacquired by the Company, those shares will become available for future grants of stock awards under the 2006 Plan, rather than
under the Existing Plans. As a result, the adoption of the 2006 Plan did not increase the number of shares authorized for issuance
under the Company’s stock incentive plans. Instead, the 2006 Plan was adopted to provide greater flexibility to the Company in terms
of the types of stock incentives that could be granted to eligible participants. At June 30, 2008, a total of 357,000 shares of common
stock were available for future grants under the 2006 Plan and no shares were available for new grants under any of the other plans.
92
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
The following is a summary of stock option activity in the fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006 under the 2006 Plan, and each of
the Existing Plans (in thousands, except per share data).
Options outstanding as June 30, 2005
Granted
Cancelled
Exercised
Options outstanding at June 30, 2006
Granted
Cancelled
Exercised
Options outstanding at June 30, 2007
Granted
Cancelled
Exercised
Options outstanding at June 30, 2008
Number
of
Shares
976 $
42
(82)
(47)
889 $
65
(13)
(29)
912 $
30
(23)
(76)
843 $
$
Exercise
Price Per Share
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2.55
12.90
3.08
2.55
3.08
13.70
3.08
3.08
3.08
14.50
3.08
3.08
3.08
$
$
$
Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
Per Share
24.00 $
14.00
20.00
13.73
24.00 $
14.09
20.00
11.58
24.00 $
14.50
19.60
13.73
24.00 $
12.49
13.73
15.52
5.20
12.65
13.67
15.11
3.56
12.98
14.50
14.35
4.22
13.79
The total pre-tax intrinsic value of options exercised during fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006 were $649,000, $285,000 and
$462,000, respectively. Total fair value of options vested during 2008, 2007 and 2006 were $665,000, $656,000 and $671,000,
respectively.
The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at June 30, 2008:
Range of Exercise
Price
3.08 $
5.28 $
8.00 $
12.90 $
20.00 $
20.10 $
3.80
7.60
12.00
19.60
20.00
24.00
$
$
$
$
$
$
Number
of Shares
Outstanding
60
60
176
448
60
39
843
Outstanding Options
Exercisable Options
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
($000’s)
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
Number
of Shares
Exercisable
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
($000’s)
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
4.4 $
5.4 $
4.9 $
6.9 $
0.8 $
2.7 $
5.5 $
3.45 $
7.60
10.36
15.72
20.00
22.99
13.79 $
281
31
2
-
-
-
314
60 $
60 $
164 $
260 $
60 $
37 $
641 $
3.45 $
7.60
10.27
16.78
20.00
23.19
13.67 $
281
31
2
-
-
-
314
At June 30, 2008, unvested stock options to purchase up to a total of approximately 202,000 shares were outstanding with a
weighted average contractual remaining life of 7.1 years and at a weighted average exercise price of $14.17. As of the same date, the
aggregate intrinsic value of the unvested options (based on a closing price of our shares, as reported by Nasdaq, of $8.11) was $0. At
June 30, 2008, and based upon the estimated forfeiture rate of 5% per annum and the remaining vesting terms of these options, the
number of options expected to vest over their remaining vesting terms was approximately 191,000 options. At June 30, 2007,
unvested stock options to purchase up to a total of approximately 277,000 shares of our common stock were outstanding with a
weighted average contractual remaining life of 7.8 years and at a weighted average exercise price of $14.00. As of the same date, the
aggregate intrinsic value of the unvested options (based on a closing price of our shares, as reported by Nasdaq, of $15.29) was
approximately $505,000.
The weighted-average fair values of stock options granted during fiscal 2008, 2007 and 2006 were $3.80, $5.56 and $6.57 per
option share, respectively.
93
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
The following table presents the non-vested status of the restricted shares for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2008 and 2007
and their respective weighted average grant date fair values. No restricted shares were issued prior to fiscal year 2007.
Non-Vested Shares:
Non-vested at June 30, 2006
Granted
Vested
Forfeited or Cancelled
Non-vested at June 30, 2007
Granted
Vested
Forfeited or Cancelled
Non-vested at June 30, 2008
14.
Related-Party Transactions
Weighted
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
-
13.65
13.40
-
13.68
14.12
13.73
-
13.86
Shares
- $
56,760
(6,530)
-
50,230 $
21,359
(25,808)
-
45,781 $
DHRCC, which is wholly owned by David Hall, the President and a director and a stockholder of the Company, and Van
Simmons, who is a director and a stockholder of the Company, has subleased from the Company, through November 6, 2009,
approximately 2,200 square feet of office space, located at the Company’s offices in Santa Ana, California, at a rent equal to between
$1.50 and $1.75 per square foot per month. That rent, per square foot, is equal to the rent that was being paid to the Company by a
prior unaffiliated subtenant for comparable space in the same building under a sublease entered into by the Company in March
2004. Rent received under the DHRCC sublease, which commenced on March 1, 2004, totaled $43,620 in fiscal 2008, $42,370 in
fiscal 2007 and $41,059 in fiscal 2006.
The above-described transactions with DHRCC were approved by the disinterested members of the Company’s Board of
Directors.
During fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company charged, and DHRCC paid, approximately $30,450, $35,000 and
$29,000 for advertising fees, approximately $2,000, $1,000 and $3,000 for grading and authentication fees and DHRCC was paid
approximately $20,000, $52,000 and $53,000 for warranty claims, respectively. During fiscal year 2008 and 2007, DHRCC attended
the Expos Long Beach shows and paid approximately $7,300 and $5,200, respectively, in fees to Expos and also paid CCE $5,800 and
$3,500 in monthly subscriber fees during fiscal year 2008 and 2007, respectively.
During fiscal year 2008, David Hall paid $4,400 in grading and authentication fees for personal sportscards submitted. Also,
a member of the immediate family of David Hall won a prize of $11,000 in the PCGS 2006 World Series of Grading
Contest. Separately, this individual paid $2,900 in grading and authentication fees to PCGS during fiscal year 2008. The grading fees
charged by the Company to both individuals, were comparable to the fees charged by the Company in the ordinary course of business
to unaffiliated customers for similar services.
An individual who served as a member of the board of directors in fiscal 2006 and in the first five months of fiscal 2007, is
also a partner in a professional services firm that provided legal services to the Company. In fiscal 2006 and 2007, the member was
paid $23,750 and $37,500 respectively, as Board fees; and the professional services firm was paid $211,000 and $189,000,
respectively, for legal services rendered to the Company. At June 30, 2007, amounts payable to this firm were $53,000 and are
included on the Consolidated Balance Sheets in accounts payable and accrued liabilities, respectively.
Employee Note Receivable
In January 2008, we issued a note receivable to an employee who is an executive of the Company, but not a corporate officer,
in the amount of $75,000, bearing no interest rate, and due and payable in annual amounts of $16,500, $25,000 and $33,500 in
September 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively.
94
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
15. Commitments and Contingencies
Leases
The Company has various operating lease commitments for facilities and equipment that expire through December 2017. In
December 2007, the Company entered into a new lease obligation of approximately $3,800,000 over a 10-year period for space for its
colored gemstone business. Under the terms of the lease, the Company is expected to extend this space by December 31, 2008, such
that gross lease obligations over the remaining term of that lease will increase to approximately $5,700,000.
In accordance with SFAS No. 13, the Company’s total rent expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease
period. Total rent expense, net of sublease income, was approximately $2,451,000, $2,226,000 and $1,629,000, respectively, for the
years ended June 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006. At June 30, 2008 and 2007, deferred rent (representing the cumulative difference between
rent paid and the rent expense recognized) was $584,000 and $477,000, respectively.
Future minimum lease payments (set forth in thousands) under these agreements are as follows:
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
Thereafter
Employment Agreements
Company’s
Gross
Payment
Sublease
Income
$
$
2,261 $
1,431
990
1,019
1,014
4,086
10,801 $
52 $
21
-
-
-
-
73 $
Net
2,209
1,410
990
1,019
1,014
4,086
10,728
The Company has entered into employment agreements with certain executive officers and other key employees. The
employment agreements provide for minimum salary levels, incentive compensation and severance benefits, among other items.
Guarantees
As discussed in Note 10 above, the Company guaranteed the obligations of CFC under its bank line of credit, which expired
July 31, 2008. However, since CFC is a wholly-owned, consolidated subsidiary of the Company, its line of credit borrowings, which
the Company has guaranteed, are required to be set forth on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. There were no such borrowings
outstanding at June 30, 2008 or 2007 and the line of credit and the guarantees expired on July 31, 2008.
Indemnification Obligations
The Company from time to time enters into certain types of contracts that contingently require the Company to indemnify
parties against third-party claims. These contracts primarily relate to (i) agreements pursuant to which the Company has sold its
discontinued collectibles sales businesses and which require the Company to indemnify the purchasers from certain contingent
liabilities that might arise from the operation of those businesses prior to their sale by the Company, which is customary in business
sale transactions such as these; (ii) certain real estate leases under which the Company may be required to indemnify property owners
for environmental or other liabilities and other claims arising from the Company’s use of the applicable premises; and (iii) certain
agreements with the Company’s officers and directors, under which the Company may be required to indemnify such persons for
liabilities arising out of their relationships as officers or directors of the Company. The terms of such indemnification obligations vary
by contract and in most instances a specific or maximum dollar amount is not explicitly stated therein. Historically, the Company has
not been obligated to make significant payments under, and no liabilities have been recorded in the accompanying Consolidated
Balance Sheets for these indemnification obligations.
95
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
Legal Actions and Settlements
Bill Miller v. Collectors Universe, Inc. As previously reported, the Company was a defendant in this legal action, which was
brought in the Superior Court of California, County of Orange, by Bill Miller, a former employee of the Company, and an expert in
the authentication of autographs and memorabilia. In his suit, Miller alleged that the Company had issued authentication certificates
bearing his name without his consent, in violation of a California statute prohibiting unauthorized appropriation of a person’s name,
signature or likeness. The statute provides that a person whose name, signature or likeness has been misappropriated, in violation of
the statute, is entitled to recover the greater of $750 or the actual damages suffered as a result of the unauthorized use, and any profits
that were attributable to that unauthorized use that are not taken into account in computing the actual damages. The Company denied
Miller’s allegations and asserted that he was not entitled to any recovery under the statute in excess of his actual damages and that he
had not suffered any actual damages as a result of the issuance of the certificates.
Also, as previously reported, at the conclusion of the trial, which took place in October 2005, (i) the jury found that the
Company had used Miller’s name without his consent on 14,060 authentication certificates, but that Miller had sustained actual
damages from that use totaling $14,060; and (ii) the parties entered into a stipulated judgment in the case, which, among other things,
provided that Miller’s statutory damages arising from the actions of the Company were zero, and the Company was entitled to recover
$37,812 from Miller on a cross complaint. The court left unresolved and for future determination the issue of which party, if any, was
the prevailing party in the lawsuit, which would determine which party, if any, is entitled to recover its attorney’s fees from the other
party.
In March, 2005, Miller filed an appeal of the trial court’s ruling and stipulated judgment in which he sought, among other
things, a finding that as a matter of law, he was entitled to statutory damages that should be determined by multiplying $750 times the
14,060 authentication certificates on which his name appeared without his consent, or approximately $10.5 million in total.
On February 1, 2008, the three-judge Appellate Court ruled unanimously in favor of the Company, holding that (i) the use of
Miller’s name by the Company constituted, at most, a single violation of the statute in question and, therefore, Miller was not entitled
to multiply $750.00 by the number of times his name was used; (ii) Miller had the right to file a new trial in an effort to recover
damages for the use by the Company of his name; however, in that lawsuit he would have to prove that Collectors Universe violated
the statute at issue or common law and, if he succeeded in proving such a violation, he would have to prove that he incurred actual
damages as a result of that violation in order to recover any amounts against the Company.
In February, 2008, Miller filed a petition with the California Supreme Court seeking a review and reversal of the Appellate
Court’s decision. On April 23, 2008, the California Supreme Court denied Miller’s petition for review. Miller has accepted the
judgment for $14,060 plus $750 statutory damages.
However, in August 2008, the Company and Miller reached a tentative settlement agreement which provides for a complete
release by each party of all known and unknown claims it has or may have against the other relating to or arising out of the subject
matter of the suit, including the pending claims for recovery of its legal fees and expenses. The documentation to give effect to the
settlement and mutual release has been prepared and is awaiting signature by the parties. In the event that Miller does not to sign the
documentation, then, each party would be free to pursue its claims for recovery of its legal fees and costs from the other party.
Other Legal Actions
The Company is named from time to time, as a defendant in lawsuits that arise in the ordinary course of
business. Management of the Company believes that none of those lawsuits currently pending against it is likely to have a material
adverse effect on the Company.
During fiscal 2007, two legal settlements, in the aggregate amount of $73,000, were recognized in the Consolidated
Statements of Operations of the year.
96
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
16.
Business Segments
Operating segments are defined as the components or “segments” of an enterprise for which separate financial information is
available that is evaluated regularly by the Company’s chief operating decision maker, or decision-making group, in deciding how to
allocate resources to and in assessing performance of those components or “segments.” The Company’s chief operating
decision-maker is its Chief Executive Officer. The operating segments of the Company are organized based on the respective services
that they offer to customers of the Company. Similar operating segments have been aggregated to reportable operating segments
based on having similar services, types of customers, and other criteria that are set forth in SFAS No. 131, Disclosures About
Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information.
For our continuing operations, we operate principally in four reportable service segments: coins, sportscards, jewelry and
other high-end collectibles. Services provided by these segments include authentication, grading, publication advertising and
subscription-based revenues. The other collectibles segment includes autographs, stamps, currency, the CCE subscription business
and our collectibles conventions business.
97
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
We allocate operating expenses to each service segment based upon activity levels. The following tables set forth on a
business segment basis, including a reconciliation with the consolidated financial statements, (i) external revenues, (ii) amortization
and depreciation, (iii) impairment losses and (iv) stock-based compensation expense as significant other non-cash transactions, and (v)
operating income (loss) for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006. Net identifiable assets and goodwill are provided by
business segment as of June 30, 2008 and 2007. All of our sales and identifiable assets are located in the United States.
Net revenues from external customers:
Coins
Sportscards
Jewelry
Other
Total revenue
Amortization and depreciation:
Coins
Sportscards
Jewelry
Other
Total
Unallocated amortization and depreciation
Consolidated amortization and depreciation
Impairment losses:
Coins
Sportscards
Jewelry
Other
Total
Unallocated impairment losses
Consolidated impairment losses
Stock-based compensation:
Coins
Sportscards
Jewelry
Other
Total
Unallocated stock-based compensation
Consolidated stock-based compensation
Operating income (loss) before unallocated expenses:
Coins
Sportscards
Jewelry
Other
Total
Unallocated operating expenses
Consolidated operating income (loss)
Fiscal Years Ended June 30,
2007
2008
2006
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
22,925
8,982
1,630
8,447
41,984
248
125
1,320
419
2,112
341
2,453
-
-
11,233
-
11,233
-
11,233
194
18
9
165
386
839
1,225
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
6,404
1,646
(18,697)
723
(9,924)
(7,844)
(17,768) $
23,317
8,797
1,235
7,103
40,452
205
87
813
591
1,696
316
2,012
-
-
41
-
41
14
55
80
34
8
124
246
644
890
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
23,829
8,461
373
4,251
36,914
114
70
185
265
634
285
919
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
192
15
-
129
336
334
670
$
9,658
1,435
(5,557)
417
5,953
(8,885)
(2,932) $
11,542
1,153
(1,459)
6
11,242
(7,473)
3,769
98
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
Identifiable Assets:
Coins
Sportscards
Jewelry
Other
Total
Unallocated assets
Consolidated assets
Goodwill:
Coins
Jewelry
Other
Consolidated goodwill
99
At June 30,
2008
2007
3,346
1,035
9,061
11,055
24,497
27,521
52,018
515
1,348
2,111
3,974
$
$
$
$
2,139
632
20,435
7,982
31,188
46,913
78,101
515
10,251
2,118
12,884
$
$
$
$
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
17. Quarterly Results (unaudited)
The following table sets forth the unaudited consolidated financials results for quarterly periods in fiscal years 2007 and 2008. The
operating loss of $12,906,000 in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008 includes an aggregate impairment loss of $11,232,000 related to our
jewelry businesses (See notes 2, 3 and 7 to our Consolidated Financial Statements) consisting of goodwill impairment loss of
approximately $9,064,000 and impairment loss of other intangible assets and other assets of approximately $2,168,000.
In addition, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, the Company recorded a valuation allowance of $4,550,000 against deferred tax assets
at June 30, 2008, such that the Company had an income tax expense of $348,000 in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, despite having
pre-tax losses of $12,767,000.
Quarterly Reports of Operations
Quarters Ended
(In thousands, except per share data)
Sept. 30,
Dec. 31,
2006
2006
Mar. 31,
2007
June 30,
2007
Sept. 30,
2007
Dec. 31,
2007
Mar. 31,
2008
June 30,
2008
$
Statement of Operations Data:
Net revenues
Cost of revenues
Gross profit
SG&A expenses
Impairment losses
Amortization of intangible assets
Operating income (loss)
Interest and other income, net
Income (loss) before income taxes
Provision (benefit) for income
taxes
Income (loss) from continuing
operations
Income (loss) from discontinued
operations,
net of gain on sales of
discontinuedbusinesses
(net of income taxes)
$
Net income (loss)
Net income (loss) per basic share:
$
From continuing operations
9,898 $
4,356
5,542
5,241
-
171
130
571
701
8,793 $ 11,081 $ 10,680 $ 10,825 $
5,200
4,367
5,625
4,426
5,965
5,089
1
25
270
187
(611)
(875)
445
548
(166)
(327)
5,436
5,244
6,626
16
373
(1,771)
518
(1,253)
5,138
5,943
6,126
14
219
(416)
513
97
9,964 $ 10,896 $ 10,299
5,779
5,997
6,797
4,520
4,899
3,167
5,874
6,124
5,590
11,232
-
-
320
317
286
(12,906)
(1,542)
(2,709)
139
240
298
(12,767)
(1,302)
(2,411)
318
(147)
165
(375)
(66)
(962)
(336)
348
383
(180)
(68)
(878)
(100)
(1,449)
(966)
(13,115)
11
394 $
80
(100) $
99
31 $
38
(840) $
(10)
6
(110) $ (1,443) $
-
2
(966) $ (13,113)
0.05 $
(0.02) $
(0.01) $
(0.10) $
(0.01) $
(0.17) $
(0.11) $
(1.57)
From discontinued operations,
net of gain on sales of
discontinued
businesses (net of income
taxes)
Net income (loss)
Net income (loss) per diluted
share:
From continuing operations
From discontinued operations,
net of gain on sales of
discontinued
businesses (net of income
taxes)
Net income (loss)
Weighted average shares
outstanding
Basic
Diluted
18. Subsequent Events
-
0.05 $
0.01
(0.01) $
0.01
0.00 $
-
(0.10) $
-
(0.01) $
-
(0.17) $
-
(0.11) $
-
(1.57)
$
$
0.04 $
(0.02) $
(0.01) $
(0.10) $
(0.01) $
(0.17) $
(0.11) $
(1.57)
-
0.04 $
0.01
(0.01) $
0.01
0.00 $
-
(0.10) $
-
(0.01) $
-
(0.17) $
-
(0.11) $
-
(1.57)
$
8,351
8,628
8,309
8,309
8,381
8,587
8,433
8,433
8,463
8,463
8,491
8,491
8,470
8,470
8,373
8,373
On July 14, 2008, the Company announced that the quarterly dividend of $0.25 per share of common stock will be paid on
September 2, 2008 to shareholders of record as of August 19, 2008 (see note 12). That quarterly dividend was paid, in the aggregate
amount of $2,088,000 on September 2, 2008.
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
On September 26, 2008 the Board of Directors approved a suspension in the payment by the Company of cash dividends in the future
and also approved a 10% stock dividend, which will be distributed on November 3, 2008 to all stockholders of record as of October
20, 2008.
100
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
During 2009, the Company sold, without recourse, certain of its CFC coin loans for approximately $3,300,000. These loans
were sold for an amount that was about 0.7% over par value.
Schedule II
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
Balance at
Beginning
of Period
Charged to
Operating
Expenses
Charged to
Cost of
Revenues
Charged to
Tax Provision
Net
Deductions
Balance
at End
of Period
Description
Allowance for doubtful
accounts
Allowance for customer
notes receivable
Inventory reserve
Total at June 30, 2006
Allowance for doubtful
accounts
Allowance for customer
notes receivable
Inventory reserve
Valuation allowance for
deferred taxes
Total at June 30, 2007
Allowance for doubtful
accounts
Allowance for customer
notes receivable
Inventory reserve
Valuation allowance for
deferred taxes
Total at June 30, 2008
$
$
$
$
$
$
38,000 $
23,000 $
- $
-
34,000
72,000 $
16,000
-
39,000 $
-
72,000
72,000 $
37,000 $
- $
42,000 $
16,000
106,000
-
159,000 $
7,000
-
-
7,000 $
-
-
-
42,000 $
22,000
22,000 $
- $
-
-
- $
- $
-
-
(24,000) $
37,000
-
-
(24,000) $
16,000
106,000
159,000
(19,000) $
60,000
-
(15,000)
-
(34,000) $
23,000
91,000
22,000
196,000
- $
-
-
(28,000) $
79,000
-
(13,000)
31,000
91,000
60,000 $
- $
47,000 $
23,000
91,000
22,000
196,000 $
8,000
-
-
8,000 $
-
13,000
-
60,000 $
4,550,000
4,550,000 $
-
(41,000) $
4,572,000
4,773,000
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL
DISCLOSURE
NONE
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended) are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed under
that Act (the Exchange Act), such as this Annual Report on Form 10-K, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the
time periods specified in the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Our disclosure controls and procedures also are
designed to provide reasonable assurance that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.
Our management, under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial
Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures in effect as of June 30, 2008. Based on that evaluation,
our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of June 30, 2008, our disclosure controls and procedures
were effective to provide reasonable assurance that material information is accumulated and communicated to management, including
the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, and that such information is recorded, summarized and properly reported
within the appropriate time period, relating to the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries, required to be included in our Exchange
Act reports, including this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during our fourth fiscal quarter
ended June 30, 2008 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial
reporting.
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
101
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Management of Collectors Universe, Inc. is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over
financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting
is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial
statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America. Internal control over financial reporting includes those written policies and procedures that:
���pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and
dispositions of our assets;
���provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in
accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America;
���provide reasonable assurance that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorization of
our management and directors; and
���provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of
assets that could have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.
Internal control over financial reporting includes the controls themselves, monitoring and internal auditing practices and
actions taken to correct deficiencies as identified.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also,
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risks that controls may become inadequate because of
changes in conditions or because the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Management’s Assessment and Determination
Our management assessed the effectiveness of Collectors Universe’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30,
2008, based on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in “Internal Control – Integrated Framework”
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Management’s assessment included an
evaluation of the design and the testing of the operational effectiveness of Collectors Universe’s internal control over financial
reporting. Management reviewed the results of its assessment with the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors.
Based on that assessment, management determined that, as of June 30, 2008, Collectors Universe, Inc. maintained effective
internal control over financial reporting.
Grant Thornton LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, which audited and reported on our consolidated
financial statements for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008 which are included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has audited the
effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2008 as stated in their report set forth below.
102
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors and Stockholders
Collectors Universe, Inc. and Subsidiaries
We have audited Collectors Universe Inc. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2008 based
on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission (COSO). Collectors Universe Inc. and subsidiaries’ management is responsible for maintaining effective
internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included
in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion
on Collectors Universe Inc. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United
States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal
control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal
control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating
effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we consider necessary in the
circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1)
pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the
assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being
made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance
regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a
material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also,
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of
changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, Collectors Universe, Inc. and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over
financial reporting as of June 30, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by COSO.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States),
the consolidated balance sheets of Collectors Universe Inc. and subsidiaries as of June 30, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated
statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years ended June 30, 2008, and our report dated
September 29, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion.
/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP
Irvine, California
September 29, 2008
103
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
None
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
PART III
Except for information concerning the Company's executive officers, which is included in Part I of this Annual Report, the
information required by Item 10 is incorporated by reference from the Company's definitive proxy statement, expected to be filed with
the Commission on or before October 28, 2008, for the Company’s 2008 annual stockholders' meeting.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by Item 11 is incorporated herein by reference from the Company's definitive proxy statement,
expected to be filed with the Commission on or before October 28, 2008 for the Company’s 2008 annual stockholders' meeting.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
Except for the information below regarding our equity compensation plans, the information required by Item 12 is
incorporated herein by reference from the Company's definitive proxy statement, expected to be filed with the Commission on or
before October 28, 2008, for the Company’s 2008 annual stockholders' meeting.
The following table provides information relating to our equity compensation plans as of June 30, 2008.
Column A
Column B
Number of
Securities to be
Issued Upon
Exercise of
Outstanding
Options,
Warrants and
Restricted
Shares
Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding
831,000 $
162,000
993,000 $
Options, Warrants
13.84
20.00
14.72
Column C
Number of
Securities
Remaining
Available for
Future Issuance
under Equity
Compensation
Plans (Excluding
Securities
Reflected in
Column A)
357,000
-
357,000
Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders
Equity compensation not approved by stockholders (1)
Total
(1)
Warrants to purchase common stock granted to non-employee service providers in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997,
which was prior to the time that the Company became a reporting company under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
The information required by Item 13 is incorporated herein by reference from the Company's definitive proxy statement,
expected to be filed with the Commission on or before October 28, 2008, for the Company’s 2008 annual stockholders’ meeting.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by Item 14 is incorporated herein by reference from the Company's definitive proxy statement,
expected to be filed with the Commission on or before October 28, 2008, for the Company’s 2008 annual stockholders’ meeting.
104
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
PART IV
ITEM 15 EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a)(1) Financial Statements
The following financial statements are included in Item 8 of Form 10-K:
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2008 and 2007
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended June 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended June 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended June 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedule
Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
Other schedules are omitted because the required information is either inapplicable or has been disclosed in the
consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.
(a)(3) Exhibits
See Index to Exhibits immediately following the Signature Page of this Annual Report for a list of the Exhibits required,
pursuant to Item 601 of Regulation S-K, to be filed with this Annual Report.
105
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Annual
Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
SIGNATURES
Date: September 30, 2008
COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC
By: /s/ JOSEPH J. WALLACE
Joseph J. Wallace, Chief Financial Officer
POWER OF ATTORNEY
Each person whose signature to this Annual Report appears below hereby appoints Michael R. Haynes and Joseph J.
Wallace, and any of them, individually, to act severally as attorneys-in-fact and agents, with power of substitution and resubstitution,
for each of them, to sign on his or her behalf, individually and in the capacities stated below, and to file, any and all amendments to
this Annual Report, which amendment or amendments may make changes and additions as such attorneys-in-fact may deem necessary
or appropriate.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Annual Report has been signed by the following
persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature
/s/ A. CLINTON ALLEN
A. Clinton Allen
/s/ MICHAEL R. HAYNES
Michael R. Haynes
/s/ DAVID HALL
David G. Hall
/s/ JOSEPH J. WALLACE
Joseph J. Wallace
/s/ VAN D. SIMMONS
Van D. Simmons
/s/ A. J. BERT MOYER
A. J. Bert Moyer
/s/ DEBORAH A.
FARRINGTON
Deborah A. Farrington
/s/ MICHAEL J.
MCCONNELL
Michael J. McConnell
/s/ BRUCE A. STEVENS
Bruce A. Stevens
Chairman of the Board and Director
Title
Chief Executive Officer and Director, (Principal
Executive Officer)
President and Director
Chief Financial Officer, (Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
S-1
Date
September 30, 2008
September 30, 2008
September 30, 2008
September 30, 2008
September 30, 2008
September 30, 2008
September 30, 2008
September 30, 2008
September 30, 2008
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
Exhibit No.
Description
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
1.1
1.2
3.2
3.2.1
3.3
4.1
4.2
5.1
10.1
10.2
10.4
10.5
10.6
10.7
10.8
10.9
10.10
10.11
10.12
10.13
10.14
10.15
10.16
10.17
10.18
10.19
10.24
10.25
10.26
10.27
10.28
10.29
10.30
Form of Underwriting Agreement.*
Form of Underwriting Agreement between Collectors Universe and Thomas Weisel Partners LLC,
Needham & Company, Inc. and Roth Capital Partners LLC. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to
Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-122129), filed on
February 14, 2005.
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Collectors Universe. Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-122129), filed on January
19, 2005.
Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Collectors
Universe. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3
(File No. 333-122129), filed on January 19, 2005.
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Collectors Universe, as adopted and effective December 5,
2007. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated
Registration Rights Agreement.*
Form of Registration Rights Agreement for Stockholders pursuant to private placement.*
Opinion of Stradling Yocca Carlson & Rauth, a Professional Corporation.*
Collectors Universe 1999 Stock Incentive Plan.*
Form of Stock Option Agreement for the Collectors Universe 1999 Plan.*
PCGS 1999 Stock Incentive Plan.*
Form of Stock Option Agreement for the PCGS 1999 Plan.*
Employee Stock Purchase Plan.*
Form of indemnification Agreement.*
Asset Acquisition Agreement dated January 25, 1999 between Professional Coin Grading Service, Inc.,
Info Exchange, Inc. and Brent Gutenkunst.*
Collectors Universe/eBay Mutual Services Term Sheet dated February 10, 1999, between the Company and
eBay, Inc.*
Net Lease between Orix Searls Santa Ana Venture and Collectors Universe, dated June, 1999.*
Agreement for the Sale of Goods and Services dated March 31,1999, between the Company and DNA
Technologies, *
Contribution and Acquisition Agreement dated February 3, 1999, between the Company and Hugh
Sconyers.*
Contribution and Acquisition Agreement dated February 3, 1999, between the Company and BJ Searls.*
Contribution and Acquisition Agreement dated February 3, 1999, between the Company and Greg
Bussineau.*
Contribution and Acquisition Agreement dated February 3, 1999, between the Company and Lyn F. Knight
Rare Coins*
Contribution and Acquisition Agreement dated February 3, 1999, between the Company,
Kingswood Coin Auction, LLC and the Members of Kingswood.*
Contribution and Acquisition Agreement dated February 3, 1999, between the Company
and Professional Coin Grading Service, Inc.*
Employment Agreement dated March 1999, between Superior Sportscard Auctions, LLC and Greg
Bussineau.*
Employment Agreement dated March 5, 1999, between Lyn F. Knight, Lyn Knight Currency Auctions, Inc.
and Collectors Universe.*
Asset Purchase Agreements between Collectors Universe, Inc. and Auctions by Bowers and Merena, Inc.,
Bowers and Merena Galleries, Inc. and Bowers and Merena Research, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated March 21, 2000).*
Asset Purchase Agreements dated February 19, 2004 between Collectors Universe, Inc. and Spectrum
Numismatics, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K,
dated February 19, 2004).
Non-Competition Agreement dated February 19, 2004 between Collectors Universe, Inc. and Spectrum
Numismatics, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K,
dated February 19, 2004).
Collectors Universe 2003 Stock Incentive Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s
Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-121035), filed on December 6, 2004.
Form of Stock Option Agreement for 2003 Stock Incentive Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2
to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-121035), filed on December 6, 2004.
Form of Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement for 2003 Stock Incentive Plan. Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-121035), filed on
December 6, 2004.
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
10.30.1
Employment Agreement, dated January 1, 2003, between the Company and Michael Haynes. Incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-122129),
filed on January 19, 2005.
First Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated October 1, 2003, between the Company and Michael
Haynes. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3
(File No. 333-122129), filed on January 19, 2005.
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
(Continued)
Exhibit No.
Description
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
10.30.2
10.31
10.32
10.33
10.34
10.35
10.36
10.37
10.38
10.39
10.40
10.41
21.1
23.1
31.1
31.2
32.1
32.2
Second Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated November 1, 2004, between the Company and
Michael Haynes. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on
Form S-3 (File No. 333-122129), filed on January 19, 2005.
2005 Management Bonus Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.99 to the Company’s Quarterly
Report on
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2004, filed with the Commission on February 14, 2005
Loan and Security Agreement between Collectors Finance Corporation and California Bank & Trust
dated as of June 30, 2005.
Continuing Guaranty issued as of June 30, 2005 by Collectors Universe, Inc. to California Bank & Trust.
Asset Purchase Agreement among Collectors universe, inc., Gemprint Corporation, CVF Technologies
Corporation, Heptagon Investments Ltd. and 1456733 Ontario, Inc., dated November 25, 2005, providing
for the Company’s acquisition of the assets of Gemprint Corporation. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.34 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2005, filed
with the Commission on February 9, 2006.
Employment Agreement Extension between Collectors Universe, Inc. and Michael R. Haynes. Incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 17, 2006 and filed
with the Commission on March 23, 2006.
2006 Management Bonus Plans. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current
Report on Form 8-K dated March 17, 2006 and filed with the Commission on March 23, 2006.
Employment Agreement Extension between Collectors Universe, Inc. and Michael R. Haynes. Incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 19, 2006.
Description of 2007 Management Bonus Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s
Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 17, 2006.
Letter Agreement dated July 23, 2007 with Michael J. McConnell, relating to his election to and service on
the Collectors Universe, Inc. Board of Directors. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the
Company’s Current Report on
Form 8-K dated July 20, 2007.
Employment Agreement Extension between Collectors Universe, Inc. and Michael R. Haynes. Incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 24, 2007 and
filed with the Commission on October 25, 2007.
Collectors Universe, Inc. 2008 Management Bonus Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 14, 2007.
Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Certifications of CEO Under Section 302 Of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
Certifications of CFO Under Section 302 Of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
CEO Certification of Periodic Report Under Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
CFO Certification of Periodic Report Under Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
*
Incorporated by reference to the same numbered exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement (No. 333-86449) on Form S-1
filed with the Commission on September 2, 1999.
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
EXHIBIT 21.1
SUBSIDIARIES OF REGISTRANT
Name
Collectors Finance Corporation
Certified Asset Exchange, Inc.
Gem Certification and Assurance Lab, Inc.
American Gemological Laboratories, Inc.
Expos Unlimited, LLC
State of
Incorporation/Organization
Collectors Universe
Ownership Percentage
California
Delaware
Delaware
New York
California
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
In accordance with the instructions set forth in Paragraph (b) of Item 601 of Regulation S-K, there has been omitted those
subsidiaries that, if considered in the aggregate as a single subsidiary, would not constitute a significant subsidiary as of June 30,
2008.
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
EXHIBIT 23.1
We have issued our reports dated September 29, 2008, with respect to the consolidated financial statements, schedule
and internal control over financial reporting included in the Annual Report of Collectors Universe, Inc. and subsidiaries on Form
10-K for the year ended June 30, 2008. We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference of said reports in Registration Statements
No. 333-34554, No. 333-34558, No. 333-85962, No. 333-121035, No. 333-137375 and No. 333-139513 of Collectors Universe, Inc.
and subsidiaries, each filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form S-8.
/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP
Irvine, California
September 29, 2008
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
CERTIFICATIONS OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
UNDER
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT
Exhibit 31.1
I, Michael R. Haynes, certify that:
1.
2.
3.
4.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Collectors Universe, Inc.;
Based on my knowledge, this Report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading
with respect to the period covered by this Report;
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this Report, fairly present in all
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods
presented in this Report;
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and we have:
(a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made
known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this Report is being prepared;
(b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed
under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this Report our conclusions
about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this Report based on
such evaluation; and
(d) disclosed in this Report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the
registrant’s most recent fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over
financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing
the equivalent function):
(a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting
which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial
information; and
(b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: September 30, 2008
/s/ MICHAEL R. HAYNES
Michael R. Haynes
Chief Executive Officer
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
CERTIFICATIONS OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
UNDER
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT
Exhibit 31.2
I, Joseph J. Wallace, certify that:
1.
2.
3.
4.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Collectors Universe, Inc.;
Based on my knowledge, this Report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading
with respect to the period covered by this Report;
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this Report, fairly present in all
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods
presented in this Report;
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and we have:
(a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made
known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this Report is being prepared;
(b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed
under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this Report our conclusions
about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this Report based on
such evaluation; and
(d) disclosed in this Report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the
registrant’s most recent fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over
financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing
the equivalent function):
(a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting
which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial
information; and
(b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: September 30, 2008
/s/ JOSEPH J. WALLACE
Joseph J. Wallace
Chief Financial Officer
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
Exhibit 32.1
COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC.
Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the Year Ended June 30, 2008
CERTIFICATION OF PERIODIC REPORT
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
The undersigned, who is the Chief Executive Officer of Collectors Universe, Inc. (the “Company”), hereby certifies that
(i) the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2008, as filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange
Commission (the “Report”), to which this Certification is an Exhibit, fully complies with the applicable requirements of Section 13(a)
and 15(d) of the Exchange Act; and (ii) the information contained in this Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial
condition and results of operations of the Company.
Date: September 30, 2008
/s/ MICHAEL R. HAYNES
Michael R. Haynes
Chief Executive Officer
A signed original of this written statement required
by Section 906 has been provided to Collectors
Universe, Inc. and will be retained by Collectors
Universe, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and
Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008
Exhibit 32.2
COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC.
Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the Year Ended June 30, 2008
CERTIFICATION OF PERIODIC REPORT
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
The undersigned, who is the Chief Financial Officer of Collectors Universe, Inc. (the “Company”), hereby certifies that
(i) the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2008, as filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange
Commission (the “Report”), to which this Certification is an Exhibit, fully complies with the applicable requirements of Section 13(a)
and 15(d) of the Exchange Act; and (ii) the information contained in this Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial
condition and results of operations of the Company.
Date: September 30, 2008
/s/ JOSEPH J. WALLACE
Joseph J. Wallace
Chief Financial Officer
A signed original of this written statement
required by Section 906 has been provided to
Collectors Universe, Inc. and will be retained by
Collectors Universe, Inc. and furnished to the
Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff
upon request.
_______________________________________________
Created by 10KWizard www.10KWizard.com
Source: COLLECTORS UNIVERSE , 10-K, September 30, 2008